#seokjin is an autumn spirit
Text
Jungkook sucks in a breath and bolts for the door.
It happens the same way every year.
Jungkook rolls out of bed and wipes the dew from his window. He scans the park across the street—looking for the first sign of yellow on the leaves. And when he spots it, he sucks in a breath and bolts for the door, hastily throwing on shoes before running at full speed toward the trees.
The cool breeze whips at his face as he sprints across the park, his chest burning, losing his breath as he finally collides chest-first into him. It's the best kind of pain, feeling his hyung's broad chest against his own—warm and solid and real.
He can't help but throw his arms around him and squeeze as he buries his face into his neck. Seokjin chuckles warmly as he strokes his hair.
"Jungkook-ah, you've gotten too big to hug me this tightly. I can't breathe," he laughs.
"Shut up," Jungkook says, his heart soaring. "…Missed you so much," he admits softly into Seokjin's shoulder.
“I missed you too,” Seokjin breathes into his hair.
Jungkook's hands roam, squeezing his shoulders, his arms, his hands.
He needs to know he’s there—in the flesh. Needs to press into Seokjin’s skin and remember every detail.
“Don’t forget this. You can’t forget.” Jungkook's mind echoes like a drum. Jungkook inhales Seokjin’s woody smell and tries to still his heart.
Seokjin brings their foreheads together. “C’mon, Jungkook-ah, let’s shake off some of this nervous energy. I need to stretch my legs.”
Jungkook pulls back with a pout and Seokjin giggles in response.
“C’mon, bun. We have all the time in the world,” Seokjin comforts with a smile.
But Jungkook knows better—has known for years.
He takes Seokjin's hand as they walk through the park, inhaling the crisp air. He scans the sky and counts the leaves, willing them to stay in place, knowing when the last one disappears, so will Seokjin—until autumn’s color returns again.
🍁🍁🍁🍁
twitter | ao3
[mood board credit: @jinkooklovefest and @drunkonhouga]
#jinkook#jinkook au#jinkook fic#jinkook fanfic#kookjin#bts fanfic#bts fanfction#btsfic#bts fic#seokjin is an autumn spirit#don't worry they'll figure it out#no sad endings
41 notes
·
View notes
Text
my obsessive fan
╰┈➤ synopsis — Each story is a glimpse into what your life would entail if these seven were your obsessive fans.
╰┈➤ pairing — yandere!bts x idol!reader
╰┈➤ word count — 3.6k
╰┈➤ content warning — murder, yandere behavior, stalker behavior, kidnapping, just the usual
ੈ♡₊˚｡ over to ⇢ pt.2
ੈ✩‧₊˚ note ; GUYS HOBI DOESN’T ACTUALLY KILL HIMSELF!! i realize it kinda seems like he did but don’t worry he’s alright just a lil traumatized :)
—Kim Seokjin
Jin considers himself unexplainably lucky
The universe has given him a chance that he’ll never be able to deserve
One day during his first semester of college he met someone special that little did he know would change the trajectory of his life forever
Seokjin made a friend and they grew fairly close as the years went on, until one day this friend came to him with a bittersweet conversation
She was switching to online school as her dreams of becoming an idol were finally answered
Jin supported her decision and waited patiently for her debut
An Autumn song caught his ear on the day of her debut and his eyes no longer followed her form
Instead, Jin became starstruck by the lively girl who made the stage her own
Since that day, Jin only sees his relationship with your member as insignificant
He only cares to engage with them when it involves you
Seokjin is a snake with his words and uses his charms to his advantage
He’ll manipulate and lie his way into getting new information about you
Although, sometimes it’s slightly suspicious when almost every time they hangout is when you’re tagging along
He really has just turned your co-worker into a tool at his disposal
At the most lowly point of his life, he even resorted to flirting with the foolish girl in order to sneak into your dorms
Granted, this repulsive act brought up serpents in his stomach and he had to restrain himself from the gags that tore up his throat
He wound up drowning himself in mouthwash to try and get rid of the rancid taste that never seemed to leave his lips (He was tempted to almost bury himself in bleach but resisted)
This traumatic event did have an upside though, as he was able to creep into the dark corners of your bedroom when his other companion was asleep
Unfortunately, you were not safely sleeping under his watch but just being able to stand in the place he frequently hallucinates about is enough for him
His consciousness moves into a dream-like state as he takes in everything that your fingers have touched
His heart flutters while silently sweeping his gigantic hands over your stuffies and sheets
He takes a seat on your bed and breathes in the reflection of your spirit
Shaking hands reach for the sweater tossed to the left of him
His lips quiver and he can’t hold back the sobs that force their way of him
His misty moon-eyes shine in the light that passes through your curtains
Blue bleeds from his curled up body and coats every surface of your previously vivid room
He despises the way his rotten emotions have blended into your walls
Nibble fingers then quickly gather any item that has sucked up his sorrow (At least that’s what he tells himself)
He’ll take these souvenirs of your sunshine and cherish them until that delightful day arrives when you eventually take their place
—Min Yoongi
He’s your producer and songwriter
Articles and fan sites have become fascinated and praise the poetic nature of your songs
Each line is drowning in lovesick emotion that carries the weight of the human soul
Each song is unique with a variety of tales telling love and sorrow combined with hateful rage and tortuous terror
Every lyrics he writes is a vow to love you
It’s not a surprise how romantic and illusionary his songs end up being, his heart always sings for you after all
Every time your songs win an award he feels as if his love is validated
And every time a songs fails to reach an achievement, he sobs for days on end, promising to do better
He will not let his words fall flat and be mistaken for empty oaths
His apartment is an archive, full of stacked books overflowing with the words of adoration that never stop their cascade
A graveyard of blue pens (your favourite colour of course) lies in the corner of his living room, each scripted soldier aiding to the thousands of verses written in your honour
Above the TV playing visions of you, are the hundreds of awards placed delicately upon his shelves
You’ll have to excuse his selfish desires but he couldn’t stop himself from taking them
Each award is a golden reassurance that his love for you is reality and the world is aware of it too
It’s even better that these trophies were once held lovingly in your hands
He used to trace the ghost of your fingertips along the lines of the figurine
Although, once he realized his tainted touch smudged away your memory, he cut his fingertips off in a panic and laid them up on his wall where they've stayed still ever since
Drifting away from painful memory and onto thoughtful perceptions, in a competition between your siren singing and your sweet spoken call, your regular voice comes as a close second
Each sonnet you speak is that much more meaningful due to the fact that what you say are the words he wrote
An angelic tone constantly fills the silence of his apartment from dusk to dawn
It’s even more euphonious watching you perform in the studio
He can’t help his glossy eyes from floating to stare at your open lips
Whilst your silver voice is the constant background noise that fills his head, Yoongi finds time to record you speaking light-hearted chit chat during your recording sessions
When the time comes and Yoongi must make his way home, he walks slow in the studio but sprints on the sidewalk
His rush can be contributed to the fact that Yoongi is always inspired to work on some arrangements when provided with new material
He’ll cut and paste the pieces of his collection and create new paragraphs that he pretends you said to him
Yoongi sees your life as a duet
Neither complete without the other
He used to sing in silence but his voice is so insincere compared to yours
And he takes pride in the way your career and prosperity relies on him so much
You two are so trusting in one another yet a step to far away
It’s a pity Yoongi’s too accepting of his life with you to risk taking it a step further
—Jung Hoseok
In Hoseok’s realm of reality, you are both undoubtedly in love with one another
Yet your relationship is a secret, kept hidden away from prying eyes and stuffed into the back of his closet where cardboard cutouts and posters sleep
Hobi’s too shy and nervous for his undying love to be publicized, so he’ll just stick to supporting you from the sidelines
He has a YouTube channel where everything and anything is all about you
His favourite segment is unboxing the hundreds of albums he purchases for everyone of your comebacks
Before cutting open the wrapping he’ll wish and beg to see your face so much it’s almost satanic
When he pulls your photocard he almost faints in excitement but when his hands are dirtied by pulling the face of another one of your members he ends up trashing the card
Speaking of your photocards, his collection includes every single card that can be found
Binders upon binders are filled with your face and when he ends up doing a tour for his channel, the video ends up being over 30 hours long
Hoseok’s favourite hobby involves curling up in his bed and cradling your limited edition twin plushie in his crushing embrace
He nestles up to the faux sense of security, stroking the soft fabric and pretending it’s you
Soft yet erratic gasps tumble from his warm mouth
His head controls the ghosts of you that creates strawberry cheeks
A sensitive smile paints it’s way onto a caramel canvas
His body grows hot as his hopeless fantasies drive him into delusion
Swollen lips begging out to brush up against yours
His eyes hang heavy lidded with overblown pupils
His previous crying mellows down as trembling whines grow needier
He daydreams about how you’d feel held up against him
A raw, rose-bud blooming between the both of your bodies
His heart trembles, overwhelmed by your hands tugging at his hair and dragging your peachy, plush mouth across his neck
Honey hot hands grip harder to the sheets beneath him
You make him so weak
Heat pools below his stomach, all strung up in pretty pleasure
Pressure building and body temp rising, Hoseok’s lost in a fool’s paradise
After every climax in utopia, Hobi is hit with the reality of his predicament
The rainy nights that follow look something like this…
Hoseok gets his head bashed in by a reality check
His brain is blown to bits, bleeding south along his bathroom tiles
Venom pulses through his veins as he wishes the world would lose it’s mania
Veracity is Hoseok’s enemy but it’s a good thing he’s hopeful
—Kim Namjoon
You make Namjoon so curious
His thirst grows stronger in need of consuming any knowledge slightly related to your existence
Namjoon knows you better than the gods who created you
He’s your worshipper who knows your wants and needs of the past, present and future
Namjoon always keeps updated about your schedules, personal plans, and tiny details which other fans have shared
He keeps a binder stocked full of information
The binding is bursting and pages threaten to flutter out of their place
He’s set aside every Wednesday and Friday to study your life and it’s interesting habits
Saturdays are for quizzes which he forces his roommates to participate in
He’s even started to live his life exactly like yours in order to feel closer to you
This includes him eating the same meals you do and visiting places you’ve been photographed at just minutes after its been posted
He’ll never miss out on purchasing all products you endorse or are seen using
He’s even tailored his style to match your own (He’s always been a fan of couples clothing)
And Namjoon, ever the worrier, is anxious that all your lives, messages, and posts are in danger of being corrupted and lost forever, so he downloads all your content into an archive for safe keeping
Namjoon is a worshipper, dedicating his devotion to your entirety
In a walnut wardrobe with a false backing is where your shrine meets his eyes in the early morning and late night
Of course it’s adorned with the finest and most expensive amenities
Jewelry, love notes scribbled onto loose-leaf paper, totems of the gods luck, and a single golden lock of your hair (Don’t ask him how he got it)
The centrepiece held in this sacred sanctuary is a painted portrait of yours truly
Namjoon’s never been much of an artist but it would be such a travesty not to document your desirable beauty
Every fine features flows into the next, blurred together with emotion and sentiment
He spend almost all the hours of his wake languishing away in an attempt to perfect every detail
He persisted in his laborious ways until every curve, divot, and colour matched that of your own
When a year has faded away and his mastery is finished, pearl droplets of ecstasy and varnish are used to seal it
His half of the shared flat he lives in resembles more of an art gallery and archive then an actually home
No part of Namjoons personality, hobbies, or are emotions are his own
All this mania and madness is for you
The generous god who was gracious enough to let him love you
—Park Jimin
Jimin is your #1 fan
He was there as you built your career from the bottom and has supported you in every way possible
Every album you produce winds up in his grasp and every song is played on repeat the minute of release
He’s watched every video you’ve ever featured in 100 times over
Posters of you are plastered over every inch of his room, some photos even spilling out into the hallway
Jimin’s favourite lullaby is the sound of your siren song that flows from his CD player every night
Your sugary, sweet voice slithers deep into his thoughts every moment of every day
You are the best things that has ever happened to him… but also the worse
Park Jimin is so fucking jealous
He’s always had trouble containing the fiery beast that lies unsettled in his stomach, yet lately it’s been getting bad
He sees the way you interact with your members and he doesn’t think they’re good for you
They hide your true potential under fake smiles that smear their scarlet lip gloss
He hates only being able to watch as ‘fans’ cover you in filth
His hatred has almost boiled over so many times that he had to stop going to fan-meets
Jimin would never lie to you but he can’t let you see him like this
Death would be a better fate than seeing the disgust that would splatter across your face at the sight of him in such a state
Crystal rain already begins to fall down his face at the mere inclination
The sour words you would spit at his feet and your hardened glare that would piece his chest
However, this doesn’t mean all that he’s done to show his love already is a lie
He not interested in deceiving you, and the truth is that Jimin is so very sensitive
He’s caring and emotional, selfless when it comes to showing his worth
But sometimes Jimin feels that there’s two sides to him
A twisted twin that he’s so very tired of pushing down
Jimin is growing weak and he isn’t sure how much longer he’ll be able to contain the monster that’s ripping apart his rib cage
—Kim Taehyung
Taehyung is your eternal shadow
He follows you in the light of day and stalks you in the dark of night
Having Taehyung as your obsessive fan would be like an undying disease
His entire life revolves around you
You are his universe
The first time he caught a glimpse of your face he rushed home to etch the memory onto paper
A fire ignited in his lungs where the smoke billowed out into short, wispy breathes
By the time the next day rolls around he still sits hunched over his desk drawing doodles of you in his notebook
This nights insomnia foreshadows many more sleepless nights spent studying pictures of you
After many weeks his drawings became too lifeless and he yearns for a stolen look at your features once again
The months that follow involve Taehyung spiralling into a new insanity
He quit his job and left his apartment, all in search for a closer spot to you
Taehyung and you share the same silhouette
This is proven in the way he pursues your every move
His new expensive camera captures every moment his eyes fail to catch
The walls of his room are covered in pictures of you taken by his artistic eye
He loses himself in the dreams these candids encourage and traces the outlines of your image as daylight falls
So lost in his own mania he catches himself mumbling your name in place of his friends and mistakes strangers scent in similarity to yours
As time grows old, Taehyung becomes bolder, more infatuated and impatient
This masochist like to tease himself with your touch, stealing the skin he meets when his stalking becomes more akin to silent assault
He takes the risks that put your whole relationship in stake
His crimes double in number as his obsession becomes insatiable
His delusions morph into a place of real-life euphoria as clarity escapes his mind
Last night, right when the clock aged 11 in the absence of light, he stepped foot into your domain
He hasn’t been thinking straight lately, too blinded by his fantasies to consider the consequences
He crawls over to your bed where heaven lies in a slumbering state
He’ll let his throat tear itself to sheds speaking his heart-felt confessions to you
“I’m crazy about you.” Two kisses laid to bed on the crest of your chest
“You’re the center of my world.” Bed sheets rustle as he pulls himself closer
“I’m completely, and utterly devoted to you.” He melts into your unconscious embrace
When the sun wakes, he takes his time dragging himself off of you and out the door
Let’s see how far Kim Taehyung is willing to test his temptations before he destroys it all
—Jeon Jungkook
“You’re the one I’m dreaming of, in endless love, you’re my forever.”
Jungkook’s love for you is infinite, yet despite his honest intentions, the execution of his attachment can be quite clumsy
It seems that your love is so shocking that it electrocuted his mind
Your breathe so toxic that it ties him up in a tongue-twister, tripping over his words for the days to follow
Body so heavenly that his brain has melted into mush upon your first encounter
Jungkook first spotted you on a billboard in the city and he swore he could see the stars in your eyes
Since then he dove head-first into everything there was to know about you
He schedule practically matches yours too a tee
Although this was not without great struggle, after losing his job, blowing his rent money, and setting fire to his friendships, Jungkook has endured everything in order to be close to you
He makes sure to attend all your events, concerts, fan-meets, and all things in between
He’s the one who shouts your name the loudest, he gives you the biggest gifts, and he sends you the most love letters
Practically every one of your fans knows who he is at this point
Jeon Jungkook is a psycho fan who stalks you, is blacklisted from almost every venue (But that never stops him from finding a way in), and has had rumours of assaulting other fans who get in his way
His obvious obsession is also what leads him to check all articles, management posts, and your social media every night
This is was leads him to a harrowing discovery
“Unfortunately, popular k-pop idol L/N Y/N has fa-” He never finished the sentence before he threw up
Checking back on the article his concern became reality as news of you being injured broke his barely beating heart
The ice water drifting through his veins pours out of him in the form of desperate teardrops
Ear-shattering wailing disrupts his neighbours sleep and Jungkook's crying continues on for the rest of the night
The only solution to his misery comes to him in a disfigured dream
Jungkook makes his way to your apartment on an evening that borders on sunset
Fresh flowers are placed in front of your door accompanied with a hundred page note and a stinging smile
He hopes that this will cheer you up in your times of great distress
…His plans end up backfiring completely
The next night you go live and Jungkook waits athirst for the words you’re about to speak
“Please, please stop coming to my home. I can’t trust or appreciate anyone who so blatantly ignores my privacy and safety. If I have to beg you to stop stalking me then how can I even call you my fans?”
You think he doesn’t love you?
No, no, no, no, he loves you, oh god he loves you so much
Why can’t you see it?
Can you not tell just how much his heart screams out for its other half?
Do you not notice all the agony he has endured, and will continue to endure, in the name of your happiness?
This revelation brings on a fit of hysteria
Fears squeezes the air out of his lungs as he hyperventilates on the living room floor
Wet words are yelled out between sobs and pleads for your love
His tears don’t stop flooding his eyes as he lies helplessly on the wooden floorboards that soak up the sadness
Hours border on days as he lays limpless
He doesn’t eat nor sleep yet only mumbles a hopeless mantra that he prays will reach your ears
“I love you, I love you, I love you, I love you, I love you, I love you, I love you, I love you, I love you, I love you, I love you, I love you, I love you, I love you, I love you-”
Poor, pathetic Jungkook
All those days sitting in sorrow allow a dire idea to fester within his mind
Termites of idiocy tore apart his brain and spat out of the lovelorn remains
Perhaps this distance is what’s limiting your sight of his loving languish
He wants to be closer to you, craves it, no, needs it to survive in this confusing world that pins you two against each other
So all this thinking leads him to kidnap you from your dorm
He shushes your scream with the hand held over your mouth (one that also holds a wet rag submersed in chloroform)
When you wake you’re disoriented and full of confusion
You’re faced with an unfamiliar ceiling and dark shadows that spiral into your sight
The only strong force that keeps you connected to this world are the arms wound tight around your torso
The muffled man comforts your crying before you can notice his own
“Now I can finally show you how much I love you.”
© cybsoo2 2024, all rights reserved
#bts#bts x reader#bts imagine#bts imagines#bts x you#bts fanfic#bts fic#yandere bts#jungkook x reader#jungkook imagine#yandere jungkook#taehyung x reader#taehyung imagine#yandere taehyung#jimin x reader#jimin imagine#yandere jimin#namjoon x reader#namjoon imagine#yandere namjoon#jhope x reader#jhope imagine#yandere jhope#yoongi x reader#yoongi imagine#yandere yoongi#jin x reader#jin imagine#yandere jin
264 notes
·
View notes
Text
Quarterly Fic Rec List 2023 #4
Hello! This is the last list of 2023! These are the wonderful fics I ended my year with! I hope you enjoy them! If anyone would like to be removed from this list; please let me know! As always each of these fics has its own content warnings, and most, if not all are 18+ so Minors Do Not Interact!
Seokjin
daydream @joonie-beanie
summary: Your literature professor has a bit of a…gift. A gift that let’s him see other peoples thoughts when he wants to. And despite the fact that he warns his class openly about this gift, one day you forget, and find yourself in a bit of pickle when Kim Seokjin reads your mind, and finds you imagining some not so school appropriate scenarios…involving him.
pink panther @gimmesumsuga
summary: The one where your boss, Kim Seokjin, tries to show you how beautiful you are
9 months to fall in love @floralseokjin
summary: It seems like everyone around you is either already in love, or in the process of falling, and while normally you couldn’t give a damn, finding out the co-worker you’ve had a teensy crush on is dating someone else at the office seems to sucker punch you right in the gut. It’s stupid, and you’re irritated at yourself, but you can’t seem to shake out of the funk you’ve fallen face first in. Feeling lonely and heartsore, and mad for no reason, during drinks with your best friend you spot a man at the bar. Tequila confident, you make your way over to the stranger, and successfully one thing leads to another. The next morning you leave before he’s woken up, feeling satisfied in one way, but still as discontented as ever. Telling yourself it was an inebriated mistake, you quickly try to forget about it. Only, three weeks later that night comes back to haunt you – in a very unescapable way…
dream come true @sugaurora
summary: Since your brother had warned you years ago that his best friend Seokjin was off limits, you’d only allowed yourself to safely fantasize about him in your dreams. You’re not sure why tonight his lips feel so much softer and his hands so much warmer than usual, but you’re also not about to complain.
whole @yoongiphoria
Yoongi
can't afford love @dollfaceksj
summary: Your childhood dream of having 2 children in a big house with a blooming marriage by this point in time has been eliminated the moment divorce came knocking at your door. With only one child and finding yourself back at square one, you ask your ex-husband—Min Yoongi—if he’d be down to fulfill 1 of these 3 things on your childhood’s bucket-list. And no, it’s not giving you a big house.
u suck !! @kithtaehyung
summary: Jimin’s cul-de-sac is filled to the brim with autumn leaves, trick-or-treaters, and halloween spirits. but the scariest part of the night? yoongi himself. and the way he looks downright sinful in his costume.
three tangerines ^
summary: throughout high school, you sometimes caught glimpses of your brother’s older friends: some of them were sweet, some of them were smart. but the one closest to him? that guy was a total f*ckboy from day one. after a foray of horrid relationships spanning years - ending with one that broke up with you for an alarming reason - you needed advice on what the hell you were doing wrong… and this wasn’t a conversation for anyone sweet or smart.
broken pt. 1 ^
summary: chilling conversations prolong things even further… until everything goes to hell.
ghostface killers @gimmethatagustd
summary: You’ve had your eyes set on Yoongi for as long as you can remember. What you didn’t know is that he’s had his eyes on you, too.
red & white @sweetestofchaos 💜
summary: you and yoongi have something to share this holiday
Hoseok
spookie coochie @gimmethatagustd
summary: The only monster Hoseok wishes you were interested in finding this Halloween season is his monster c–
drink champagne in my airplane @bangtanintotheroom
summary: Your friend Hoseok decided to use his excessive wealth for good and take the both of you on a much-needed vacation. The flight was meant to be relaxing until he broke out one of his most expensive bottles of champagne.
a holly, jolly crisis @kpopfanfictrash
summary: At this time last year, you thought you had it all. A kick-ass screenwriting job for the hottest TV show in LA, an actor boyfriend whose career was taking off and an affordable apartment with not one, but two bathrooms. Fast-forward to now and you’re single, soon-to-be jobless and searching for a way to scrape together January rent. Everything seems to be falling apart, which was why you told your family you weren’t coming home for the holidays. Enter your little sister, Sara, who recently became engaged to her boyfriend, Yoongi and needs you home to celebrate. The biggest problem? Returning home means you’ll be forced to face everything and everyone you left behind, including Yoongi’s best man – and your ex-best friend, Hoseok.
12 lays of christmas @minisugakoobies
summary: Your brother’s best friend Hoseok really likes your cookies
it's a promise @sahmfanficbts
arranged marriage au
Namjoon
close, closer, closest @augustbutwinter
summary: you know your soulmate is close, but you haven’t met them yet. every day your counter goes up when you pass that one station. until one day it doesn’t.
make an effort @7ndipity
summary: When you ask Joon to be your fake boyfriend, he ends up finding out about your very real crush on him. Luckily for you, the feeling’s mutual.
a word from our sponsors @ugh-yoongi
summary: you’ve co-hosted a podcast with namjoon for three years; have known him even longer. the two of you have always been the picture of platonic, but that hasn’t stopped the internet from doing what the internet does. the shipping? a little weird at first, but you can understand it: two attractive twenty-somethings always in close proximity to one another, obvious (platonic!) chemistry—people have created ships for less. the fanfiction, though? also pretty funny… until you can’t stop thinking about it.
Jimin
cloud nine @suga-kookiemonster
summary: “he’s here again,” viv whispers. “you know who. the hot guy who’s totally into you.” and he is hot--devastatingly hot enough that you know he can’t actually be into you, because the universe simply doesn’t work that way. that still doesn’t stop your heart from pounding when he smiles at you from across the room.
menace @eoieopda
summary: Far and away the worst of your brother’s friends, you added Park Jimin’s presence in your life to the long list of grievances you held against Seokjin. Too bad you can’t keep your hands off him.
crescent bound @parkhabits
summary: One night you’re having the best hookup of your life and the next you’re being told that the little mark on your neck is more than just a hickey and that Park Jimin was more than you expected too.
the dark side of the moon @dovechim
summary: falling in love at first sight is cliche, not until it happens to you on a dark night in a lonely alley. but you’re only human, while Park Jimin is Alpha of his pack; it could never work out. so you resort to pining for him like a wolf howling at the moon, but when Jimin goes feral, that’s when everything changes.
a remedy for mondays ^
summary: all you wanted was just one day off work. but for that to happen, you need to invent a plausible reason. and then somehow, somewhere along the way, things get out of hand, and now people think you’re having a baby with your co-worker Park Jimin after a one-night stand. confused? join the club.
heavy petting @kittae
summary: Your boyfriend is not just a cat hybrid, he’s also very needy! When you come home from work and you expect him to be all over you, you’re fairly disappointed to find he prefers a nap over some well-deserved quality time. You’ll make sure to pay him back for that.
the devil in his details @johobi
summary: Evil comes in many forms. In this instance, it’s a 5′8″ pretty-boy with an even prettier dick. And you’re the form you want him to come in.
me, you, and this thing we have between us @boymeetsweevil
summary: You’re pregnant and jimin is…happy about it
devil's advocate @7cypher
summary: You had met the devil on a hot summer day. He had shown up in a red polo, red cap, and white sneakers on his feet. That day, you had invited your devil into your home and he hasn’t left since.
no strings @kpopfanfictrash
summary: It started off as such a simple question. How to know if you’re bad in bed? Of course when you asked, you didn’t imagine Jimin would actually answer.
the ten days of ex-mas @kpopfanfictrash
summary: Three months following the worst break-up of your life, you finally feel ready to start moving on. The world, it seems, has other ideas when you pick up the phone and find your ex-boyfriend calling. Jimin Park, star right winger of the NHL and (until recently), the love of your life, has a very large problem. Despite the courage he regularly shows on the ice, in his personal life, Jimin is kind of a coward. When you broke up this fall, he could barely admit it. Not to his neighbors. Not to his friends. Not even to his family, who are expecting him home for Christmas. In a desperate plea for more time, Jimin begs you to pretend you’re still dating – and to his surprise, you agree. Faced with a second chance, Jimin is determined not to squander it. If only fixing a relationship were as easy as falling in love.
Taehyung
midnight @sailoryooons
summary: Taehyung loves being your prince charming, even if it means trying to find where you’ve wandered off to in the middle of a Halloween party without your shoes.
the holi-date @kpopfanfictrash
summary: When your ex-boyfriend becomes engaged to his new girlfriend at your annual Holiday party, you admittedly are not in the best place. Which explains why you down six shots of alcohol, enthusiastically drop it low on the dance floor and – oh, yeah – tell everyone you are also dating someone. The only problem? You are obviously not. Good thing your neighbor happens to be cute and in need of a ride to work every morning.
of lace and lust @hobidreams
summary: friendship rule number one: don’t imagine how amazing your best friend’s cock would feel inside you. except that’s all you can think about after accidentally discovering taehyung’s kink for panties. specifically, the lacy ones you’re so fond of wearing.
hush @suga-kookiemonster
summary: four seats, five bodies. “careful, sweetheart,” he breathes into the shell of your ear, hands tightening over your waist in warning. you lick your lips, pausing just long enough to ponder: what if you don’t want to be careful?
rotten angelcake @inkedtae
summary: she’s as sweet as angelcake; he likes her honeyed rotten. this is a series following the complicated relationship between a sugar baby, sugar daddy and his corruption kink.
sausade @kimvvantae
summary: no one is born to be alone and no one can be complete in oneself - that’s why, in this world, every person has a pair, someone that complements their soul in every aspect. you, however, are an exception to the rule, for the mark on your wrist indicates that your pair has passed away way before you were born.
kinda hot @kimnjss
summary: you’ve always been cute, soft, tiny in taehyung’s eyes. but that’s changing one night when you’re accidentally sending him a naughty picture. forcing him to realize, maybe his best friend is kinda… hot?
Jungkook
jungkook drabble @euphoricfilter
summary: obsessed gf m/c and equally as obsessed boyfriend jungkook. he’s the light of her life, and she’s the reason he smiles
blessed with a curse @sweetestofchaos
summary: When your company throws a mandatory Halloween party, you aren’t thrilled. You’re even less thrilled when a delusional coworker ruins the party and places a curse on everyone because her crush, the resident werewolf, Jeon Jungkook, rejected them.
seasons don't fear the reaper @augustbutwinter
summary: life is short, they say. one day everyone meets their death, they say. how often can you meet yours before he takes you with him?
because i love you ch. 13 @readyplayerhobi
summary: According to society, Jeon Jungkook should not be with you. He should be with a younger, hotter and thinner girl instead of wasting his time on you. It’s a good thing Jungkook doesn’t care what society thinks then.
a holiday snowdown @kpopfanfictrash
summary: The Inn on the Hill is in trouble. Or that's what your boss, Namjoon, says during the last-minute All Staff holiday meeting he calls. You need money, and you need money fast, or his parents are planning to sell the resort. When no one can think of an easy solution, Namjoon proposes his parents' idea: a weeklong social media blitz with a celebrity guest. The celebrity? None other than Jungkook Jeon himself: two-time Olympic gold medalist, world-class snowboarder and the nation's sweetheart. What's the problem? You happen to have met Jungkook Jeon before, and sincerely hoped you'd never see him again.
all grown up @btsgotjams27
summary: A family reunion brings back the young boy you grew up with. Though he wasn’t the doe-eyed boy you once knew, he stood in front of you all grown up.
this is us ^
summary: you start to fall hard for jungkook.
OT7/Multiple Members
carnival of terror ch. 2 @theharrowing
summary: The carnival is in town, and it is unlike anything you have ever experienced. Will you make it out alive?
the gentlemen @honeymoonjin
summary: Sick of unsatisfying hookups, boring relationships or the company of your own hand? Apply today for the chance to be on bangasm.com’s very first reality show! Seven attractive young gentlemen will be vying for your choice of who is best in bed. All from different backgrounds, these men claim they’ll be able to rock your world, so don’t hesitate! Apply now!
of storms and vampires @wishesunderthestars
summary: During the worst storm you have witnessed in your life, a bat crashes on your window. When you bring it inside your cottage to take care of it, you realize it isn’t simply a bat but a baby vampire. Your past has come back to haunt you because Jungkook’s sire is no one else but Min Yoongi, who you had left behind when you disappeared five years ago.
oh, little red @jincherie
summary: You knew they warned you about that path for a reason, you knew you shouldn’t take it as a shortcut. You knew, but you were running late, and you did it anyway. Oh, little red, just what have you gotten yourself into?
Ateez
Seonghwa
let me keep you warm @sweetestofchaos 💜
summary: “Are you cold?” “A little bit but I’ll be okay.” “Come here, let’s get you all warmed up.”
255 notes
·
View notes
Text
the nightmares of mystic manor - m.list
𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖓𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙𝖒𝖆𝖗𝖊𝖘 𝖔𝖋 𝖒𝖞𝖘𝖙𝖎𝖈 𝖒𝖆𝖓𝖔𝖗
As the first leaf falls marking the start of Autumn, Mystic Manor reopens its doors each year, welcoming all who creep within the shadows and hide from the mundane eye. Too chilling for humans, this Dead & Breakfast offers horrifying hospitality and frightening specialties for all Monsters to enjoy, such as complimentary Wiltweed Wraps providing a perfect ghastly complexion, Bat Bites that pair perfectly with midnight tea enjoyed in the graveyard, and our popular Witches Brew that will have you seeing double early into dawn. Your time spent at Mystic Manor will be nightmarishly memorable, to say the least, and our Concierge Team is ready to make this season one you won’t forget. Continue reading to hear the tales from our most recent guests!
BLOODY NEEDY
You are sick and tired of being the only one in your friend group that is single and with a dry sex life. So you send an offering to the god of love and sex, only for him to send your ex, Kim Seokjin, in return.
Pairing: Seokjin x Reader
Genres/AUs: Exes to Lovers, Supernatural Beings [living among human society], Smut, Angst
Spooky Being: Vampire & Witch
Written By: @lokidow-strange-army
↳ Read Here
MINE
Jungkook really shouldn’t have ventured into the house that no one else did, and he really should have seen the warning signs, but something about you drew him in, and now, he was in and never getting out.
Pairing: Jungkook x Reader
Genres/AUs: Smut, Angst, Horror
Spooky Being: Supernatural
Written By: @playmetheclassics
↳ Read Here
WHAT WE DID IN THE DARK
They say all legends hold some truth in them, so when you get called over to a small town outside Seoul and everyone keeps whispering about a reckless forest spirit that has been haunting them, claiming townspeople as tribute for the past month— could you really be surprised at the handsome man with sharp eyes standing on the hostel door claiming you as his own? The taller man next to him with the bright round eyes and unparalleled magic is a great addition to the mix indeed.
Pairing: Jimin x Reader x Jungkook
Genres/AUs: Smut, Thriller, Magical Realism
Spooky Being: Forest Spirit & Wizard
Written By: @chemicalpink
↳ Read Here
THE MOST PERFECT SPECIMEN
Tasked with collecting genetic material, Hoseok is no stranger to interacting with humans and picking them apart to find what makes them tick. However, during one routine abduction he finds himself attracted to his subject.
Pairing: Hoseok x Reader
Genres/AUs: Sci-fi, Smut
Spooky Being: Alien
Written By: @noodlechanz
↳ Read Here
NEON LIGHTS
After a long day at work, tired and hungry you decide to get into a taxi that's looking kinda shady and a bit scary. Your destination is far from home but you're getting intrigued by the mysterious taxi driver along the way who speaks few words and wears black gloves to hide his hands. He takes you home until one day, you tell him to take you away and he shows you a new world you've never dared to see before.
Pairing: Yoongi x Reader
Genres/AUs: Mystery, Taxi driver Au, Supernatural, Smut
Spooky Being: Demons & Spirits
Written By: @helenazbmrskai
↳ Read Here
*all rights reserved to individual authors
41 notes
·
View notes
Text
Hay(fever)
In which Namjoon’s love of autumn comes with one itchy side effect.
snz-centric with Namjoon as the sickie and Seokjin as the caretaker.
Word Count: 4255
a/n: Helloooo everyone! I was super excited about this request because, despite Namjoon being my bias, I’ve never actually written a fic for him. (If you exclude the soulmate series, of course.) This one allowed me to combine my love of autumn and allergies lol, so it was a real treat to write. The only thing I monkeyed around with a little request-wise was putting Joon and Jin on a hayride instead of just being in a car. Hope you don’t mind, anon! Anyway, I really hope you guys end up liking this one! I’m super happy I was able to get this out a lot faster than usual for you all. Enjoy the rare Joon content~
-
Autumn was captivating; Namjoon had always thought so. The way the biting chill of winter began to bleed its way into the summer’s overbearing heat felt oddly poetic to him. Watching the foliage start to change colour and wither made him feel grounded. All things came to an end, he reminded himself. There was beauty in the way the leaves fell from their branches. It was a seasonal memento that showcased how life’s tragedies presented new beginnings.
Plus, It didn’t hurt that he was a fan of hot apple cider and warm pumpkin cookies.
Unlike Namjoon, not all of the members shared the same sentiments towards the season change as he did — but the leader never let it bother him. He learned early on to tune out complaints so as to not let them spoil his own enjoyment. He’d lost track of how many times he’d heard groaning about the weather shift, or the clattering of teeth brought on by an underprepared (or in his eyes, overdramatic) body reaction.
Along with the beauty autumn brought, Namjoon also loved the colder weather that accompanied it. The way the beginnings of winter nipped at the very tip of his nose during late autumn mornings excited him in a way that waking up slimy with sweat on a sweltering summer day did not. If asked which he preferred, being cold or being hot, he knew he’d answer cold without a moment of hesitation. Being too hot left him feeling drained and nauseous, whereas being too cold made him feel alert and driven. It was an easy choice, in Namjoon’s eyes.
In the same way Namjoon found the member’s complaints of the cold to be melodramatic, many of the other’s got tired of hearing the leader shouting autumn praise from the rooftops. The two that gave him the most grief were easily Yoongi — whose hands were always cold as ice from autumn until spring — and Seokjin — who always seemed to catch a cold right around the time when people stopped saying “I think it might rain” and instead said “I think it might snow.”
It’s not that the two didn’t like autumn per say, they just didn’t like hearing about it every five seconds. It reminded them of the colder days yet to come, which was easily something the oldest pair of Bangtan would’ve preferred to forget. Granted, it was nice to see their leader in such high spirits, and that would never be something they would outwardly complain about, but his mood would be considerably more tolerable if he simply just chose to tone it down. That however, was something Namjoon would never do. He truly believed there wasn’t a single thing that could make him dislike the transitioning season, and he was almost always able to find the beauty in the things his members were looking forward to the least.
Excluding, of course, the way the changing greenery always seemed to make his allergies flare-up.
It happened every year without fail. The temperature would drop, the leaves would fall, and Namjoon’s nose would start itching. Despite its yearly recurrence, the leader never seemed to readily anticipate the way his body would fully reject autumn to the highest degree. To Namjoon, when the weather got warmer his allergies were simply out of sight, out of mind. He was always ill-prepared for the watery eyes and runny nose that would seemingly come out of nowhere after he spent maybe a bit too long outside admiring the colours. The irony of the situation was not lost on him, and his members always made sure to tease him enough so he wouldn’t forget it, but overall he didn’t mind too much. Namjoon wasn’t the type to let a sniffly nose stop him from enjoying the things he loved the most.
Which, he supposed, was exactly why he ended up sneezing enough to get dragged off of a half-finished hayride in the first place.
*
“Hyung.”
The sound of Namjoon’s voice pulls Yoongi’s attention away from his computer as he glances over his shoulder to find the younger man standing in his studio doorway.
“Joon-ah.” Yoongi responds with a low, almost disinterested-sounding hum. He pulls one side of his headphones from his ear and turns himself back towards his computer. He doesn’t directly say it, but the gesture is enough for Namjoon to know he’s welcomed inside, and he quickly closes the door behind himself.
“Are you busy?”
Yoongi shrugs. He’s always busy; or at least it feels that way.
“No.” He answers, blowing a tired-sounding breath through his nose as he adjusts himself at his desk. “What’s up?”
Namjoon walks himself further inside and takes a seat at the couch closest to Yoongi’s set up. Yoongi steals a glance at him, one eyebrow raised as he watches Namjoon pull his phone from his pocket. He’s starting to wonder if something may’ve happened, as it wasn’t often that Namjoon dropped by unannounced, but Namjoon was fast to explain his sudden visit.
“I know this probably isn’t your thing,” Is what the leader starts out with, and it takes every ounce of self-control Yoongi can muster to not grimace at what might be coming. “but I was supposed to go with Hoseok, and he’s still not feeling very well.” Namjoon pulls up some sort of article on his phone and flips it around for Yoongi to see. The rapper squints at the image and this time can’t stop his face from contorting in distaste.
“Are those...pumpkins?” He asks, his lips forming a thin line as Namjoon nods in confirmation.
“Yeah, it’s a one-day event this organization is hosting. Like...a pop-up?” Namjoon explains with a sigh as he leans himself further back into Yoongi’s couch. “They’re setting up a lot of things that are pretty common this time of year out west. I guess there’s going to be pumpkin carving, hayrides...things like that. Hoseok agreed to go with me a few weeks ago, but...that cold he caught isn’t letting up.” The leader shoots Yoongi a look that instantly clues the rapper in to what he’s hinting at. He lets out a sigh and folds his arms across his chest as he waits for the inevitable.
“The event is only happening today, and I was really looking forward to it, so if you’re not busy...I was wondering if you might come with me, instead.”
There it is. Yoongi can’t help but frown. Activities like this really weren’t his thing, and he knew the other knew this. He figures Namjoon must have truly been excited for the one-time event to have even come to ask him in the first place.
“Did you ask the younger guys already?” Yoongi deadpans as he brings a knuckle up to his nose. He can tell immediately that this isn’t the type of reaction Namjoon was hoping for as the leader’s face falls ever so slightly.
“They’ve got a photoshoot or something today.” Namjoon explains and Yoongi’s eyes soften. It explains why Namjoon came to him — he really didn’t have many other options with Hoseok being down and out. “They left pretty early this morning. Not sure when they’ll be back.” The leader sighs and looks everywhere but Yoongi as he leans forward again, resting his elbows onto his knees and folding his hands together in front of himself. “Hyung, if you don’t want to it’s not a big deal.”
Yoongi hums. It’s a deep, low sound as he searches for the right way to let Namjoon down. He really has no interest in something like this, but he still manages to feel a bit badly for the leader, anyway.
“Honestly, Joon-ah,” He starts after a brief silence, “I think I might be catching whatever Hobi-yah has. I probably shouldn’t.” It isn’t a lie, his sinuses have been stinging since the early morning and his throat was starting to feel a bit raw, but he knew the excuse was still pretty weak. He felt fine enough to do things, he just really didn’t want to go.
Namjoon makes a disappointed noise as he sucks air in through his teeth. It’s almost enough to make Yoongi feel guilty.
“No worries.” The leader says as he pushes himself back up with a small grunt. “I didn’t think it would really be something you’d find interesting, but I thought I’d ask anyway.” He scoffs to himself and adjusts the beanie on his head. “Honestly I’d be fine just going myself, but...I can’t drive and it’s too far to bike.”
“Why not request a driver?”
Namjoon shakes his head and waves a hand at him dismissively as he turns to leave. “Doesn’t seem important enough to bug the staff.” He admits. “I’d feel bad making the driver wait around for just me.”
“What about Jin-hyung?”
Yoongi watches Namjoon pause in his tracks. He looks over his shoulder at him, and the expression of realization on his face nearly makes Yoongi crack a smile.
“I didn’t even think to ask him.” Confesses Namjoon. “Do you think he’d go?”
Yoongi shrugs, he really doesn’t know. To him, it could go either way.
“I mean, if you want to go that badly, it would be worth it to ask him, don’t you think?”
Namjoon seems to mull it over before ultimately nodding in agreement. It makes Yoongi feel a bit better about his refusal — the ball was now out of his court and firmly in Seokjin’s. He was sure he’d hear about it from his hyung later on — Yoongi had fully thrown him under the bus knowing very well Seokjin had a hard time saying no to Namjoon — but he’d cross that bridge when he’d get to it.
“Thanks for the advice, hyung.” Namjoon smiles, his dimples making an appearance against his honey-coloured cheeks. “I hope you start to feel better.”
Yoongi grunts out a sound that could possibly be interpreted as ‘thank you’ and pulls his headphones back into place as Namjoon closes the door behind him. Some part of him hopes that Namjoon will manage to convince Seokjin to go, but he doesn’t dwell on it too long. He has work to do, anyway.
*
Seokjin steps out of their vehicle and instantly regrets every decision he’s made that has led him to this point as an icy burst of autumn wind whips his hair in a thousand different directions. He shoves his hands as deep as they can possibly go into his trenchcoat’s pockets and buries his nose down into the collar. He wishes that he had simply told Namjoon sorry, not this time, but after trying to pawn the obligation off onto Yoongi (and finding out the other had done the exact same to him) he felt too badly for the leader to refuse his request any further.
That was how Seokjin found himself standing in an open field in the middle of autumn very much wishing he had slipped on an extra layer before leaving the dorms. Or two. Or three.
“Hyung,”
Seokjin turns at the sound of the honourific and meets eyes with Namjoon’s smiling face. The leader’s nose is already turning a soft pink from the chilly weather and Seokjin is almost positive he looks much the same, if not worse. He just wasn’t built for the cold in the same way Namjoon was.
“Anything you want to do first?” Namjoon asks, his bright smile never faltering. Seokjin wondered why the leader seemed to get so much joy out of standing around and freezing for a few hours but he supposed he was grateful he could play a part in it.
“Whatever you want, Joon-ah.” He answers with a small smile and an even smaller sniffle. He removes a hand from the comforting warmth of his pocket to swipe a finger very briefly against the underside of his nose. He swears that if he catches a cold Namjoon will never hear the end of it. “Maybe we could grab some hot chocolate?”
Namjoon lights up brighter still at the mention of the warm drinks (something Seokjin didn’t think would be humanly possible) and is instantly nodding his head in agreeance.
“That’s a great idea.” Hums the rapper as he too ends up sniffling quietly against the back of his hand. “The entrance to the event is just up ahead, I think we might need wristbands.”
Seokjin nods as Namjoon leads the way. The entrance itself isn’t very far, in fact Seokjin can see it from their parked car, but he still wished they had parked closer, anyway.
The event itself was taking place entirely outside in a large field the hosting organization seemed to have rented for the day. There was a knee high wooden gate around most of the area that was funneling people into a single open entrance where they could collect wristbands that then allowed them free reign to the activities inside. From what Namjoon had told him, it seemed like most of the activities were generally popular out west where holidays like Halloween were more widely celebrated. Seokjin supposed he was excited to an extent — he always enjoyed experiencing new things — but he just wished the weather could be a little bit warmer.
The two men approach the entrance after their short walk over and Seokjin’s teeth are already chattering. He listens to Namjoon say a few words to the ticketer before he starts to fish his wallet from his back pocket. Seokjin tries to follow suit, but Namjoon is quick to stop him.
“If you think you’re buying your own ticket, you’re crazy.” He chuckles, the sound deep and low. It reminds Seokjin of waves crashing against the shore. “It’s on me, hyung. I appreciate you coming.”
Seokjin tries to object but Namjoon is having none of it, politely refusing each of Seokjin’s rebuttals. Eventually, the eldest gives up, and simply sticks his wrist out for the ticketer to apply his paper band. Namjoon is smiling as he watches, his dimples having not left his cheeks since they first arrived, when Seokjin notices his eyes start to squint ever so slightly. It almost looks as if he’s just thought of something new he wants to say, or like he’s realized he left the oven on, but Seokjin knows better and adverts his eyes to give the other a bit of privacy.
Sure enough, not a moment later he hears Namjoon suck in a sharp inhale of breath and can see him twist to the side out of the corner of his eye.
“hh— hH’KTtch’hiu!”
Seokjin looks back over in time to see the aftermath, namely Namjoon bent down into his steepled hands, before the leader rises back up with a sniffle he presses against the back of a wrist.
“Sorry.” He scoffs at himself and clears his throat ever so slightly. “Alright— let’s go get something warm to drink.”
Seokjin hums in agreement, accepting a pamphlet the ticketer offers him. He folds it open and gives the small map inside a look-over as he closely follows Namjoon into the main area.
It doesn’t take the two of them very long to find the drink stand and this time Seokjin firmly puts his foot down when Namjoon tries to also buy both of their drinks. He quickly fishes out his own wallet and hands over money before the other can object any further. The singer accepts the drinks with a warm smile and tries to hand one over to Namjoon, but the rapper is hurriedly turning away again and burying his face into his hands.
“hh’NGtx’ch! ha’INGTch’hiuu!”
“Yaah,” Seokjin tries to make his tone sound scolding, the way a hyung should sound when lecturing a dongsaeng, but ultimately he thinks he misses the mark. “You’re not catching Hoseok-ah’s cold, are you?”
Namjoon responds with a shake of his head as he sniffles tentatively into the palms of his hands. When he rises back up, Seokjin is quick to notice the deeper shade of pink his nostrils have turned.
“Sorry, I’m good.” He tries to assure, reaching out to take one of the styrofoam cups from Seokjin’s hands. “Thanks for the hot chocolate.”
Seokjin eyes him warily but ultimately just nods his head, taking a sip of his drink. He can’t stop himself from basking in its warmth, letting out an appreciative hum as the chill in his bones backs off ever so slightly.
“Hyung, have you ever been on a hayride?”
The question catches Seokjin a little off guard as he swallows down another warm sip of hot chocolate.
“I’m not really sure.” He admits. “I don’t think so.”
“Well...would you go on one with me now?” Namjoon gestures somewhere behind Seokjin’s head and the singer turns around to, sure enough, spot a carriage filled with hay and other patrons being pulled by two beautiful brown horses. “I’ve never gotten to ride one before, either.” Finishes the other.
“Sure, Joon-ah.” Agrees Seokjin as he takes another gulp of his warm drink. He has no reason to object, plus the way Namjoon’s face lights up is enough to make the prospective hayride worthwhile.
The two men are quick to scurry over, not wanting to miss this carriage and have to stand around waiting for the next. They flash their wristbands at the driver who motions for them to hop into the back. They do their best to scramble inside, handing each other their drinks as they hoist themselves in one at a time. The carriage is fairly spacious, and they find a nice spot near the back that is cushioned comfortably by a large bundle of hay.
Namjoon is absolutely beaming as a worker assists a few more patrons into the carriage before signaling to the driver that all of the seats were taken. His enthusiasm makes Seokjin smile as he huddles himself a bit deeper into his coat. Thankfully, the carriage was blocking most of the wind, making Seokjin feel like they had made the right choice in choosing to go for a quick ride.
They are able to hear a sharp jingling sound of the reigns being manipulated before the carriage gives an abrupt jerk. The two men bump their shoulders against each other from the slight jostle as the carriage begins to move, sending them off on their very first hayride.
For the first few minutes, even Seokjin finds himself having fun. He’s laughing along with Namjoon as they sip their drinks and admire the gorgeous fall scenery around them. The crisp smell of autumn combined with the slightly musty smell of the hay and horses leave Seokjin feeling oddly nostalgic despite having never smelt a smell like this before.
Namjoon however was seemingly not faring as well as Seokjin to the strong seasonal smells that wafted aggressively around their carriage. It didn’t take long for his laughter to start to peter out and instead get replaced by increasingly wet, urgent sounding sniffles.
“Are you alright, Joon-ah?” Seokjin finally asks. He had tried to ignore the sounds of the other’s sniffles as best he could, but even some of the other riders nearby were starting to take notice.
Namjoon turns to Seokjin and gives his head a small shake, aggressively pinching his nose between a thumb and forefinger in a rapid itching motion. Seokjin is quick to take notice of how red the appendage has become, as well as the way Namjoon’s eyes seem to be welling up with tears.
“What’s going on?” He tries asking again, but instead of answering Namjoon is thrusting his half-finished hot chocolate into Seokjin’s free hand. The rapper wastes no time leaning himself nearly fully into his lap, wrapping both hands tightly around his nose and mouth as he lets out a quick burst of sneezes that Seokjin can’t help but notice sound horribly, horribly itchy.
“Yaaa, Joon-ah, what’s—”
The singer is cut off when Namjoon explodes into yet another round of sneezes that tumble out of him without a moment for breath in between. Each one sounds more powerful than the last, and when he’s finally finished, the only word Seokjin can think to describe the gasp of air he takes is ‘greedy’.
Seokjin carefully sets Namjoon’s hot chocolate between his knees and extends his hand out to the other, gripping his shoulder tightly and yanking so the younger man would look at him. When Namjoon does turn, Seokjin can’t stop his mouth from falling agape. Namjoon’s eyes are red rimmed and tears are spilling from them at a rapid pace. His nose is as bright as a strawberry, and his nostrils twitch in a way that indicates his sneezing is nowhere near done.
People are staring now, and in Seokjin’s eyes, it’s warranted. He tries to keep Namjoon’s attention on him but the other is slowly coming undone as his breath starts to catch in his throat once again. He brings his shaky hands up to his nose and mouth and this time turns his body inwards towards Seokjin. He manages to suck in a quick breath before ducking down with three sneezes that sound pinched and strained, the man very clearly doing everything he can to try and keep them contained.
“hh’KXxgt! ‘Nngxt’chh! huh’INGgxt!”
Seokjin wastes no time digging into his pockets to find the tissues he had crammed into them prior to leaving the dorms. He had figured with the cold weather he might have ended up sporting a bit of a runny nose during the day’s activities, but instead the tissues were clearly going to be put to a much better use. He grabs a handful and guides them into Namjoon’s hands, receiving a grateful, relieved sigh in return.
The rapper brings the tissues up to his face, first using them to dab at his streaming eyes before hasity securing them around his horribly twitchy nose and blowing forcefully. The sound is productive and nasally and makes more than one person around them turn their heads in distaste. Seokjin is almost one of them.
“What’s gotten into you?” He asks as Namjoon catches two more sneezes into the tissues in between blows.
“Dunno—” The younger chokes out, following it up with an itchy cough as he squeezes his eyes shut in irritation. “But my nose is on fire.”
Seokjin opens and closes his mouth, truly at a loss for words. It isn’t until a burst of wind stirs the loose hay in the carriage that the realization begins to dawn on him.
“Namjoon-ah,” He starts as the other recovers from yet another bout of sneezing. “Please tell me you took an antihistamine before we left.”
The way Namjoon looks at him with pure, unbridled guilt is enough to tell Seokjin that he most definitely did not. Without hesitating further, Seokjin yells for the driver to stop the carriage. He manages to hold both of their drinks in one hand while his other stays busy firmly dragging Namjoon off of the carriage as the other snuffles uselessly into his soggy tissues.
Seokjin doesn’t let go of Namjoon’s forearm until he has dragged the other so far away from the carriage that they can barely see it anymore. He turns to Namjoon with a look on his face that exudes pure exasperation.
“You didn’t take an antihistamine and you wanted to go on a hayride?”
“I didn’t think it would — hh! — didn’t think it would matter.”
“Namjoon-ah.” Seokjin was bewildered. “You have hayfever.”
“What’s that — hAH’KTCHh’hiuu!” He cuts himself off with a sneeze that he catches into his elbow before turning back to Seokjin with a sharp, wet sniffle. “What’s that got to do with anything?”
“That was a hayride.”
“I didn’t think hayfever actually had anything to do with hay.”
Seokjin rolls his eyes and lets his head fall into his hands. Yoongi was absolutely going to get an earful for setting him up like this as soon as they got back home.
“It doesn’t, but—” He sighs and pulls his head back up. “Use some common sense next time, at least. God, if I would’ve known you hadn’t taken anything, I would’ve…” He sighs again, this time really letting it drag out, before turning his attention back to his sniffly counterpart with a much softer expression on his face. “Are you alright, now? I don’t think I’ve ever seen you sneeze that much.”
“Yeah, I think so.” Namjoon murmurs, but he follows it up with a rough scrub of his horribly reddened nose. “My nose is just itchy.”
Seokjin can’t help but feel for him.
“I’m sure it is.” He hums.
He really does feel badly for Namjoon — they hadn’t even been at this event for a full hour before Namjoon’s own negligence threw a wrench into their plans. He knows how much the rapper had been looking forward to this, and it made him feel bad that they clearly were going to have to cut the activities short.
“Tell you what.” He finally speaks, catching eyes with the sniffly man across from him. “Why don’t we try picking out some pumpkins and just bring them back to the dorms to carve there, instead?”
The smile that overtakes Namjoon’s face is as bright as the sun and instantly warms Seokjin’s heart as he finally hands the other back his now lukewarm hot chocolate.
“And hey,” He starts to add, a coy smile creeping onto his lips, “Why don’t we pick one out for Yoongi-yah, too?”
#this one is a DOOZY#and I am actually very proud of it#i busted out 6/7 pages tonight and ended up finishing it which like never ever happens for me so i am veeeeery over the moon#i really hope you all like this one!#mine#bts sickfic#allergic!namjoon#bts snzfic#bts snz
54 notes
·
View notes
Text
Fantastical Tales For Curious Souls
A chance discover in a bookstore finds you as the owner of an old, well-worn tome. This new treasure called to you from the moment you saw it, abandoned in the back with the other unwanted books. Cracked spine, well-worn pages and a musty smell that spoke of age, it captured your attention.
The cover is plain and scratched from the years, the title a faded gold that still catches the light somehow. Fantastical Tales for Curious Souls, it proclaims, and your eyes light up in wonder.
Opening the cover, you note the contents with interest and settle down to read the seven stories written by seven authors within.
-
Chapter One - My Soul To Reap
Reaper!Hoseok x Harpy!Reader
; A reaper is neither alive nor dead, in this world or the next. Their purpose is to remove the souls of humans and help them pass to the next world. They are not meant to interact with the living for their touch is the ice of the grave and their kiss is to greet death. They are not meant to love.
; Read now from @readyplayerhobi
-
Chapter Two - Endymion
Druid!Taehyung x Witch!Reader
; “A thing of beauty is a joy forever...”
Despite what many think, the opposite of love is not hate. It is indifference, and Taehyung hates the witch that repeatedly trespasses into his forest to defile it with her demonic ways. Hates the way his heart races as he watches her repeated transgressions. He tells himself it’s nothing but the urge to take revenge for the forest she is soiling with her presence. So why hasn’t he ended her yet? A day of reckoning is coming, and he will have her begging for mercy on her knees by the time he is finished with her, he swears it.
; Read now from @marginalmadness
-
Chapter Three - Beneath the Boughs
Dryad!Namjoon x Reader
; For almost as long as you can remember, the tree stood opposite your apartment has been a part of your life. Countless memories have been made under the shade of its supple branches, but when its existence comes under threat, you soon discover that your favourite tree is more special to you than you ever could’ve known.
; Read now from @gimmesumsuga
-
Chapter Four - Heaven’s Winter
Seraph!Yoongi x Village Girl!Reader
; Your duty as the village daughter places you in line for the season’s Offering; a tradition not to tread lightly upon. As the snow falls slow and heavy, and the seraph awaits in the shallows of the mountain, you fail to realize what the winter has in store for you.
; Read now from @caramelkth
-
Chapter Five - The Sea and The Storm
Jungkook x Sea Spirit!Reader
; The Sea is a powerful mistress. She is calm and beautiful. She is mysterious and alluring. She is a force to be reckoned with. Above all, however, she is lonely. Until she meets him.
; Read now from @jamaisjoons
-
Chapter Six - Betwixt and Between
Ghost!Jimin x Reader
; The centuries pass so slowly when you’re confined to one space. Jimin has haunted the walls of his vacant house longer than his memories of why can tell him. Adrift and alone, it seems he is doomed to eternally linger. To madden in isolation.
Until you move in, that is. And then it is you that maddens him.
; TBC from @johobi
-
Chapter Seven - The Lord Taketh Away
Werewolf!Jin x Reader
; Every autumn, the dwindling harvest summons fears for the impending winter and its promise of scarcity. For Seokjin and his wife, faith lies in God and their local lord’s generosity to provide what their ailing son needs to survive another year. With each season, however, the lord grows cold-hearted and greedy, squeezing the young family to the brink of despair.
; Read now from @dark-muse-iris
-
(please note, this post has been amended and so has been remade. Please reblog this one and remember to leave your love to the authors! I hope you all look forward!)
#networkbangtan#armiesnet#btscreatorsnet#btssunshineclub#smutcentralnet#hoseok smut#hoseok angst#hoseok fluff#hoseok x reader#yoongi smut#yoongi angst#yoongi fluff#yoongi x reader#namjoon fluff#namjoon angst#namjoon smut#namjoon x reader#jungkook fluff#jungkook angst#jungkook smut#jungkook x reader#jimin fluff#jimin angst#jimin x reader#jimin smut#taehyung fluff#taehyung angst#taehyung smut#taehyung x reader#jin fluff
3K notes
·
View notes
Text
The Clock Strikes Twelve (Pt. 1)
Pairing: King!Namjoon x Detective!Reader, minor Seokjin x Jeongguk
Genre: fantasy au, royalty au, detective au, demon au, magic au
Rating: M
Warnings: Descriptions of injury, demons, language, a bit of gore, smut in next chapter
Summary: When you and your partner are summoned to the Northern Kingdom, you don’t expect a case intriguing as you find. The king’s brothers face daily injuries and tiptoe the line of death, and the king would do anything to save them. Notorious for your success rate, you and Yoongi must find out what happens to the princes after midnight.
It goes less smoothly than you would want.
Also on AO3
Word count: 11.9K
A/N: This is part of the “Twisted Fairytales: Members in Distress” project by @ksmutclub. It’s based on “The Shoes that were danced to pieces” by Brothers Grimm. It’s the longest bitch I’ve ever written, and the second part will be up soon! Let me know what you think!! I worked very hard on this one.
The sun hadn’t yet risen over the horizon when you and your partner had arrived at the palace gates. You were tired and sore and in desperate need of a bath, but the king had been anything but patient to meet you.
He’d greeted you personally at the gates, despite you and Yoongi being travel-weary and dusty. The sky had been slowly turning from grey to gold. The palace had been beautiful in this light – although it was beautiful in any light – and king Namjoon of the Northern Kingdom looked every bit as regal, beautiful and powerful as he had been described.
“Detectives,” he had a smooth voice, the type of voice that both calms and commands, “welcome to the North.”
The first time you’d met the king’s dark gaze didn’t feel like something you could forget.
His office was filled with this golden light now. It cast a strange glow over the heavy books filling the bookcases, the ebony furniture scattered around the room. A ray of sunlight caught the king’s eye. He looked serious, ready for business despite the early hour. But most of all, he looked tired.
His office smelled like paper and ink the first step you took into it. By the second step, you noticed the smell of leather, then the smell of dust, and then then the smell of autumn leaves.
There was another scent hanging in the air. It was something you couldn’t quite place, but it calmed your spirit immediately. You were almost inclined to follow it, to search for it, but your partner brought your attention back to the here and now.
“Your majesty,” Yoongi started when the king sat down on the ornate high-backed chair behind the enormous desk in the middle of the room. “Would you please explain the situation to us?”
The king looked at your partner with a raised brow. He sighed and rubbed over his neck. “As I’ve stated in my letter –”
“We don’t personally read the letters, your majesty,” you cut him off, realising how rude it might seem only after having done it. “We’re sent on the cases blindly.”
King Namjoon turned his questioning gaze to you, head cocked. “Why?” The question wasn’t unkind, but demanding. The man’s very being demanded respect, and it seemed like he knew it.
“We like to speak to people personally,” you replied professionally, “That way we have a better idea of what’s going on, if they’re lying.”
“Alright,” the king nodded. “I’ll relay the situation again. Two weeks ago, three of my brothers woke the whole palace with blood curdling screams an hour before dawn. When we got to them, they looked bad; they had wounds and they couldn’t speak. The injuries are… strange. My physicians have never seen anything like it. It’s happened every day since. Always exactly an hour before dawn, to the second.
They look worse every day. These… injuries take their toll and it seems like they don’t sleep at all, they’re constantly exhausted, they don’t eat, they barely drink. We don’t know what’s causing it and I don’t know how to help my brothers.”
King Namjoon was trying to relay the situation with professionalism; a straight face and a steady voice, but his words betrayed him. He was struggling.
The case itself was… intriguing. You felt sorry for the princes, but you couldn’t help giving in to the thrill of a good case. You glanced at your partner, who seemed equally as intrigued. Perhaps even delighted.
One thing did catch your attention though. You opened your mouth to speak –
“Your majesty,” Yoongi beat you to it, “how many bothers do you have?”
You smiled inwardly, silently appreciating how you and your partner ticked the same.
The king hesitated before answering, and you expected him to lie. “Four,” he said. Truthful, to your surprise.
“I only recall three princes and a king?” your statement was uttered more as a question than anything else. King Namjoon fixed his eyes on you. You couldn’t read them.
By now the sun was fully over the line of the horizon. The light that filtered through the spotless window was now longer golden, but normal daylight. If the window was open, you might have heard a bird singing.
“I have four brothers, only three of them are recognised as princes, Hoseok, Jimin and Jeongguk,” the king explained, ”The fourth is my brother, but he is not a prince. He is an illegitimate child whom my mother kept a secret from the world. He was raised with us though, and he is still treated as royalty on these grounds.”
“I see,” Yoongi said and you could hear the cogs rattling in his head. “Your majesty, do you know what happens to the princes at night?”
The king fixed Yoongi with an irritated stare. “If I had, I wouldn’t have summoned you.”
“Why haven’t you posted a guard to watch them?” Yoongi challenged, not having it.
“Of course I have,” the king snapped. It was the most blatant display of emotion you’ve seen from him so far. “I’m not entirely useless, detective. Everyone inside the palace falls asleep by the time the clock strikes twelve. The whole palace shuts down.” Magic. This case was getting more intriguing by the second. You eyed your partner again, and he had a similar excited glint in his eye.
The king’s face, however, was dark with worry and a strange sort of fury.
“That’s… quite dangerous. Does it apply to the whole city or merely the palace?”
“Just the palace,” King Namjoon said, eyes back on you, “I’ve posted guards to keep watch outside of the palace walls, just in case. The moment they step foot onto the grounds, though, they just drop like they were shot, according to reports. They wake up in the morning unharmed and confused.”
“Your majesty, has the same happened this morning?”
The king looked back at you and this time his eyes were tired again. He absentmindedly rubbed over his throat. “Yes,” he said, “every day without fail.”
“May we see the princes? I would like to inspect their injuries.”
“Of course.” King Namjoon stood up and walked to the door, opening it for you. When you passed him, that scent passed your nose again and you could finally place it.
It was the king himself, and he smelled like open grassland right after a thunderstorm.
===
King Namjoon led you through the labyrinthine halls of the palace to a huge room with large windows letting in the morning light. The view was gorgeous, a beautiful scene of the palace garden and the river running its course behind the palace. You would have been inclined to approach the windows and admire the scenery, if your focus wasn’t one something else.
The room was stocked with beautiful cherry wood furniture and three big four-poster beds. On each bed lay a prince, each under a fluffy blanket and tucked in so carefully, hooked onto fluids. They all looked like they were on the brink of death.
Ghosts, shells… and nothing more.
All of them lay with their eyes open, barely blinking and staring into nothingness. If it hadn’t been for their shallow breathing, you might have thought they were dead.
A man sat on one of the beds, the one on the far side of the room. He was beautiful – truly beautiful – but his eyes were teary and he was stroking over one of the prince’s hair. He didn’t acknowledge you and Yoongi at all.
“My gods,” Yoongi whispered next to you, and you had to agree.
“They get worse every day. Jimin’s the worst off, we don’t know why.” Namjoon whispered, as if he didn’t dare to actually speak the words. He looked at the bed the stood roughly in the middle. Such sorrow in the King’s eyes. “His infections – well. It’s better when you see for yourselves.”
“What are you giving them?” Yoongi asked, pointing to the drips hanging next to their beds.
“Vitamins, electrolytes, a few painkillers. They don’t eat or drink, we had to come up with something.” Yoongi just hummed in response.
You looked at your partner. There was steel in his eyes, so little emotion. Just a front, you knew Yoongi too well. The victims and the crime scenes always stirred something in his soft heart. Yoongi locked eyes with you and understood your silent request. You’d tackle Jimin together, but first the other two.
The man in the room ran his knuckles over the prince’s cheek one last time before moving toward the door – toward you. He bowed to the king, who smiled at him, and then the man dipped his head in your direction, desperation in his eyes.
He didn’t say a word, but he didn’t need to. Please, that look said, save my love. And then he was gone.
“May I?” you gestured to a bed that the man didn’t sit on, like a coward.
“Of course. That would be prince Hoseok, the eldest of us all.”
You moved into prince Hoseok’s line of sight and smiled when those tired eyes followed your movements. The prince could still observe at least. Could he speak?
“Hello, your Highness” you said softly, not wanting to startle the man. “My name is Y/n and I’m a detective. I’m here to help you. Can you speak?”
You heard Yoongi’s soft voice murmur on the other side of the room. He was speaking to the last prince, where the man had sat. You ignored him for now, focusing on where you were.
The prince blinked and swallowed, movements slow. He tried to smile, but his mouth just twitched awkwardly as if the muscles were too tired to function. He took a deep breath and then; “Yes,” he finally croaked out, voice breathy and broken, “but it’s – tiring.”
“That’s okay, don’t tire yourself out more. May I examine you, your Highness?” you asked, glancing at the king too. King Namjoon stood by the door, watching and listening, but giving you the space to work. He gave a slight nod and you turned your gaze back to prince Hoseok.
“Only if you… call me Hoseok,” he answered, words so slow. There was a ghost of a smile on his lips while he watched you. You couldn’t decide if he was being friendly or if he was being a flirt. Perhaps both.
You smiled back, deciding that you liked him. “Alright, Hoseok. I’m going to take the blanket off of you and poke around for a bit. Let me know as soon as something hurts, alright?” A slight nod, and then he closed his eyes, letting you do with him as you pleased.
You spared another glance at Yoongi, who was sat down next to the young prince, holding his hand as he spoke. Slow words, you could tell. But you couldn’t hear what he was saying; he was speaking too soft and the room was too big. Yoongi was listening though, so gentle.
You put down your satchel and gently removed the blanket from Hoseok’s body. Even though his hollowed cheeks were indication enough, you couldn’t help but be surprised at how thin he really was. He was nothing more than a bag of bones. His skin was pale, but there were harsh purplish red marks around his wrists.
Yoongi gasped loudly from across the room, but you didn’t react. You had your own prince to worry about now, you’d ask Yoongi about his soon enough.
You poked and prodded Hoseok for a bit more, but you found nothing else out of the ordinary. Just those ugly bruises on his wrists.
Until you got to his feet.
Every drop of air left your lungs when you uncovered the prince’s feet, along with a small little sound of surprise, horror, disgust.
“Heaven, save us.”
The soles of Hoseok’s feet were covered in angry blisters and nasty looking boils, everything red due to inflammation. There were ugly blue and purple bruises all over his feet and ankles. What stood out most, however, was that the liquid dripping out of the boils were an ugly, dark purple. It smelled like rotten meat.
You said a small prayer to the moon, and then went on in silence.
You produced a tiny little phial from your satchel and gently scraped a bit of the liquid into it. Hoseok let out a tiny moan of pain, and you murmured an apology. You and Yoongi would examine it in silence later, because this shit sure as hell wasn’t normal.
“Hoseok,” you said softly, “what happened to your feet?”
Hoseok opened his mouth, but shut it just as quickly, as if some invisible force physically shut him up. The prince swallowed, and then simply shook head. His eyes were big and filled with pure, unbridled fear.
“It’s okay,” you gently lay your knuckles on his cheek, “take a deep breath for me. You don’t have to say anything you don’t want to.”
Hoseok breathed deep before talking again, “I can’t.” You simply smiled at him, and then shuffled through your satchel. “Detective,” Hoseok mumbled after a few seconds, voice strained and scared.
“Yes?” you looked at him and gently lay a comforting hand in his.
“I want to… but…” another deep, tired breath, “we’re not… allowed.”
You smiled at him and nodded in understanding. “It’s okay. We’ll get to the bottom of this, yeah?”
Not allowed. You swallowed and pulled out another small phial from your satchel, this time filled with a shimmering white dust. You didn’t need to cast a detection spell, the use of magic was obvious. You just needed to be sure what kind of magic was used.
You sprinkled the dust over Hoseok’s head, expecting it to turn grey, expecting dark magic. You watched with a clenched jaw as it turned black instead.
Demonic power.
A demon was among these humans, however it got out. A lion among sheep.
“Don’t worry, Hoseok. We’ll figure it out,” you whispered again and lay a comforting hand on his hair. “Rest for a bit.” You covered Hoseok with the blanket and moved back to Yoongi, who seemed to be done with Jeongguk too.
The king motioned to step closer, to talk, but you help up a hand to stop him. You needed to speak to your partner first. He frowned, hand at his throat, but he stayed put.
“Heaven’s fucking mother, the godsforsaken feet?!” Yoongi whisper yelled. You nodded solemnly. “It looked like they walked over acid,” he went on, rubbing a hand over his face.
“’Godsforsaken might be right…” You bit your lip, “I checked the magic, Yoongi. The dust turned black.”
“Black,” Yoongi stated with a blank look. You nodded. “Fuck, are you telling me there’s a demon running around?”
“It seems like it,” you said, “the prince also said that he wasn’t allowed to say anything, I think this is more than just some sort of curse.”
“Yeah, no shit. The kid over there was crying when he tried to talk, but it was like his mouth was glued shut and fuck all came out. All I got out of him was something about punishment. He looked so tired, Y/n…”
“I know, I don’t think they’ll last much longer, with whatever’s going on. Did you take a sample of the purple stuff?”
“Yeah, I’ll set up the lab later today. Did yours have the fucked up wrists too?” You nodded again. “Fuck. It looks like they were tied up or something. I took a sample of the dead skin there, too. Maybe we could figure out what they were tied up with.”
“Good.” You gestured to the last bed, “Shall we?” Yoongi nodded.
Jimin did end up looking worse. He barely reacted to either of you. Along with the marks on his wrists, there was an angry looking purple ring around his neck, dotted with nasty blisters and missing skin. It looked like a bad burn. The soles of his feet barely had normal skin left, just purple pus leaking out.
“Heaven’s fucking mother,” Yoongi cursed when he tried to take a sample and Jimin nearly screamed. His mouth was open, eyes closed, and no sound came out. “This poor fucking soul, gods.”
You tested the magic again with the white powder. It had the same outcome as last time: the powder turned black.
You were about to move when Jimin grabbed your wrist with a weak hold. He tried to look at you, but his eyes wouldn’t focus and kept closing. You kneeled next to him, taking his hand in yours.
“I’m here,” you said softly, trying to soothe the broken kid. “I’m here, what do you need?”
“Tae…” the prince tried before his energy caved. He closed his eyes and a dry sob wracked his tired body. He kept his eyes closed but opened his mouth again, speaking in a wheeze. “Help… tae… huu –”
Tae. It was a name – partially at least. Was it a person or a creature? Were they the cause of this? Did they need help, or did Jimin need their help? You caught Yoongi’s eye, he heard it too. You filed the clue away for later.
When you were finally done, satchels packed up and prince neatly covered, you approached the impatient looking king. He was fiddling with his collar by now.
“Excuse the wait, your Majesty. You probably have a busy schedule,” you said with an apologetic smile.
“No need to apologise detective, I’ve cleared my morning for you.”
“How kind of you, your Majesty,” Yoongi said, sounding half sarcastic and half surprised. A ghost of a smile appeared on the king’s lips, like he wanted to supress it, but only half succeeded.
“Now, what can you tell me?”
“We’ve only just collected evidence ourselves,” you said, “We need to examine it before we can tell you anything for sure.” The king nodded, but his jaw was clenched. He seemed so desperate, so tired of not knowing, being helpless.
He looked like he was sleeping as much as his brothers, even though you knew that was untrue.
Before you could stop yourself, you laid a hand on the king’s shoulder. For a single moment you didn’t speak to Namjoon, King of the Northern Kingdom. For a moment, he wasn’t a simple client. You looked into those sharp and terrified eyes and you spoke to the man beneath.
“We’ll figure it out. We’ll save them.”
“I’d do anything…” The king closed his eyes for a second, a moment of vulnerability, before locking eyes with you again. This time they were serious again, focused and professional. “If you have any news,” he said on his way out of the room, “notify the closest servant immediately.”
===
You got to work as soon as the servants led you to your shared chamber. The room itself was beautiful and exactly how you requested; two big desks relatively close to each other, big walking space, two beds, en suite bathroom and big windows. The view was beautiful too, overlooking the yellowing garden and the city beyond.
You didn’t take the time to admire the scenery, though. Yoongi claimed one desk to himself, getting started on setting up his lab. You threw your suitcase next to the other, piling books, paper and pens onto it.
With the clinking of Yoongi’s equipment as background noise, you listed everything that you gathered so far, and started doing research, taking notes along the way.
You’d worked with demons before. They were night creatures, and they preferred the exact times that the king had mentioned. They couldn’t do anything on their own, they needed to possess a body and for that, they needed to be summoned.
Certain people, perfect blood, protection runes, summoning circles, magic, demon trials –
You were in the middle of tracing an intricate rune when Yoongi spoke up from the silence, “Y/n, come over here for a second.”
He was sat on a three legged stool, looking for all the world like a chemist. They’d be close in assuming that, but Yoongi would beat someone with a book if he heard them.
“That’s Master fucking Potioneer to you, asshole!” was a common line of his. “I didn’t study this shit for ten years for you to be ignorant.”
He had the phials containing the purple puss laying on the table, scribbles on a writing block, various strange things scattered about. You pretended not to notice the fairy dust. Those poor things…
“What?” you asked, leaning over the desk.
“Okay so we can both agree that this purple shit is something neither of us has seen before, right?” Yoongi started, pointing to the phials.
“Yeah,” you agreed, motioning for him to go on.
“See, there’s a reason for that,” Yoongi explained, completely in work mode, “I dissected the puss, and the usual stuff was in there. Yaknow, like normal pus, but then I got to the bottom of why it’s purple. It’s about their souls. You know what pus is, right? Dead white blood cells that rush to a wounded area, and then it also sort of drains it?” You nodded. “This is like that, except that the reason it’s purple is because there are flecks of their souls in there, trying to mend the damage and dying by it.”
“Hold on,” you interjected, holding up a hand, “they hurt their feet and now their souls are trying to heal it? Why?”
“It’s the other way around. I think their souls were hurt and it projected onto their bodies. It gets worse.” Yoongi held up another phial with white flecks in it. “I took samples of the skin on their wrists and Jimin’s neck to see what they were tied with. What I thought were bruises turns out to be burns. It’s purplish for the same reason as the feet. They’re tied up with hot metal, something like handcuffs – perhaps chains. But… it’s definitely not their physical bodies.”
“Not their – so their souls. Their souls were chained up.”
“Not ‘were,’ they still are. I have a suspicion that that’s why they can’t talk. Someone has control over their souls.”
You took a microscope slide from off the table and looked at the tiny amount of blue flecks on it. It was a strange thought that you were holding tiny pieces of dead soul in your hand.
“So their souls are being held captive in hell, I assume, since demons don’t typically have access to other realms. They’re not allowed to say anything about it or they’re gonna be punished, according to the youngest. We’ve discovered that demonic powers have been used, so it’s safe to assume that they were kidnapped,” you summed up. Yoongi nodded. Well, fuck. This case was getting more interesting by the second. More dangerous too. This had to be one powerful demon, ripping their souls from their bodies like that.
“That about sums it up,” Yoongi said.
“According to the books,” you started relaying what you’ve learned, “demons can’t do any harm in the human realm on their own. Possession is some complicated procedure, and not everyone’s compatible. The demon has to be summoned first, but apparently they can still possess even years after they’re summoned. Until then they just… roam.”
“Yes, I remember,” Yoongi interjected, waving his hand, “the Western Witches summoning demons left, right and centre, some demons escaped, the witches were burned, all that jazz.”
“Right, so there’s no way to know if the demon is new or old. It doesn’t matter, anyway. A normal demon could possess anyone willing or scared enough to let them in, like the one we had to deal with last year, but I think it’s safe to assume that this one is a bit more powerful, which means they need a stronger host. These demons also have… a taste. A standard, if you will.”
You threw a book at Yoongi, and he caught it flawlessly.
“That book lists the specifications. I thought the demon was some kind of upper-class demon, like our version of a rich lord, or something. It did damage, but I didn’t realise how extraordinary the damage was. Hurting a human’s body sure takes something, but hurting a human’s soul like that… it takes a lot of power.” Yoongi nodded along with you while flipping through the book. “I think it’s safe to assume that it’s royalty.”
“Yeah,” Yoongi nodded again, still reading, “probably. So it’s only compatible with a human who also has royal blood. Bonus points if they had magical blood too.” He looked up, thinking. “Maybe an Eastern or Western royal witch?”
“Maybe. It’ll definitely make a good host. Another book said that royal demons also prefer tainted hosts.” Yoongi closed the book and looked back up with a frown. You elaborated. “I mean like, disgraced royals, bastard children, trauma victims. People who have some sort of… I don’t know, black dot on them, if that makes sense.”
“Yeah, yeah it does,” Yoongi nodded.
“I’m currently looking up different spells and runes. We’re gonna need to pull out all the stops with this one, I think. I found a few banishing runes, but I’m going to need a bit more time.”
“I don’t think banishing the demon is going to be the problem. If we figure out who it is, an exorcism is the least of our problems, we’ve done it before. But if those kids are in hell, how do we get them back?” Yoongi said in thought. You nodded with him.
“I thought the same. I’m researching that too, but I can’t find any cases like this.”
The room went silent for a moment. You breathed it in, held it in your lungs. You needed a moment. You were speaking about this like you would speak about a missing jewel, but the picture of Jimin’s bony hand grabbing yours, the man looking at you with desperation, the fear in Hoseok’s eyes, the wail in Jeongguk’s voice –
“We need to talk to the king,” Yoongi said, pulling you out of your head. Judging by the knowing look in his eyes, it was intentional. “We need to find out who or what ‘Tae’ is, too. Perhaps the king could tell us.”
“Yeah.” You shook your head and stood up. Yoongi followed suit.
===
A servant, clearly under strict orders, took you to the king immediately. The sun was slowly setting over the horizon, causing the golden glow from this morning to appear again, only more beautiful.
King Namjoon was in his office, where you had had your first conversation with him, hours ago. This time, however, he was not alone. There were two men inside, speaking with him. You recognised one of them, the one standing. He had been in the room with the youngest prince this morning, crying by his bed.
“Ah, detectives,” the king said. He had a welcoming smiled on his face, surprisingly warm. Was a king not supposed to be cold? To inspire fear? That was what you had been taught, wasn’t it? “You have news, I assume?”
The two other men eyed you and your partner with interest. Yoongi shuffled in slight discomfort under the scrutiny. He never liked nosy royals.
“Your majesty,” you said and dipped your head, “Excuse the disturbance, you seem to be in a meeting?”
“Please, don’t apologise. This is Seokjin, my most trusted advisor and friend,” he said, and gestured to the man you met earlier today. You offered him a smile, and he returned it with his whole heart, too honest for an aristocrat. You liked him. “And this is Taehyung, my brother. You may call me Namjoon among this crowd. We were discussing the death of my cousin, the letter had arrived today.”
Taehyung. Bells bells bells. Taehyung – Tae –
Tae, help, Tae, help, Tae, help –
“Tae…” Yoongi said out loud after a moment, like he wanted to test the word on his tongue. You eyed him, thoughts running just like his seemed to.
So Jimin was talking about his brother. Did he want you to help Taehyung, or did he want Taehyung to help him? Was Taehyung the cause of this? Did Jimin beg for help against Taehyung?
“Only my closest call me that,” Taehyung said with a kind smile. He had a charm about him, childish but captivating. You couldn’t imagine him being the cause of this.
“Yes,” Yoongi finally spoke up with a low voice, “We know.” Taehyung looked at Yoongi strangely, but before he could say anything, you cut him off.
“I’m sorry for your loss, your majesty,” you said, offering the king a gentle smile. He waved his hand.
“Thank you, but I hardly knew him. It’s not a personal loss, as sad as that sounds.” You nodded in understanding, because you did understand. Politics weren’t exactly warm, and family gatherings weren’t exactly for fun.
Seokjin stepped forward before the conversation could continue. “It’s nice to finally meet you,” the man said, “I hope you’ll forgive my rudeness this morning, but Eastern courtesy forbids me from making new acquaintances where the sick must heal.”
“Of course, I understand,” you replied with a smile of your own. You never understood the Eastern uses, but you knew them all by heart anyway. Yoongi was still staring at Taehyung. He was trying to spot something, trying to explain something to himself, and Taehyung just looked on in confusion.
“Are you close with the young prince?” you asked Seokjin, redirecting your attention back to him. You knew the answer, but you wanted to hear from him. Seokjin’s smile, however, changed to something bitter and sad. A sign of something out of place, something broken and aching inside him.
“Yes,” he said and then there was a beat of silence. “I, uh, our wedding was supposed to be a few days ago.” A joyless laugh bubbled up his throat. “I guess you can say he slept through the ceremony.”
“I’m so sorry,” you said. You had nothing to offer him but a hand on his shoulder and half a promise, so you gave him just that. “I promise, my lord, I will do my best to get your prince back to you.”
“Both of us,” Yoongi chimed in gently. You glanced at him. He seemed to be done with sizing the non-prince up.
“You may call me Seokjin,” he directed the statement at both of you, “I never liked these fancy titles.” You smiled and nodded, and so did Yoongi. Yoongi even whipped out his wide, gummy smile. He liked Seokjin too.
You approached Taehyung, who had watched in silence, but before you could say anything, he spoke up, “If you call me ‘lord’ after you called me ‘Tae,’ I’ll tell them to chop off your head.”
It was such a playful tone that caught you so off guard that you giggled. You caught yourself and bowed your head. “Taehyung,” you said, “I’m Y/n.”
“Yes, I know. My brother has been raving about your arrival all week. It got worse after today, though.” Taehyung had a mischievous glint in his eye, and he laughed when a pencil hit his cheek. The king was pointing a threatening finger at him, eyes narrowed. You had to smile at the careless display of playfulness, of affection.
“That’s very good to know,” you mused, “I heard about you from your brother, Prince Jimin. I was rather curious about you.”
Taehyung’s face went from friendly and charming to serious and wide-eyed. “Jimin? What did he say?”
“I’m not sure yet,” you cocked your head, “I’ll tell you as soon as I am.” Taehyung frowned at this, but didn’t question you.
You expected Yoongi to introduce himself too, but he didn’t. He stayed near the door and kept his mouth shut. You nearly rolled your eyes, but left him be.
“Detectives,” the king said after a moment of silence, rubbing at his neck with a hopeful look in his eye, “You have news?”
“It’s… rather sensitive,” you said and looked at the two men in the room. Seokjin sat back down and turned to you. Taehyung looked uncomfortable and unhappy.
“That’s alright, I trust them and so can you,” the king said with a smile. You nodded, not wanting to meddle. “Lay it on me, detectives.”
===
Dust and sweat from your travels still stuck to your skin uncomfortably, and you were in desperate need of a bath. By the time the servant showed you the towels, different soaps and how to adjust the temperature, the sun was gone.
The bathing room was huge. The tub was built into the floor, already filled with steaming water. The room itself was dark, made of bare stone and decorated with reds and oranges. Candlelight made the shadows in the room come alive. Steam curled to the ceiling, dancing with the fire in an almost hypnotising way.
It was the perfect place to think.
You melted when you stepped into the water. The temperature was perfect, the water smelled so good, the room was so quiet. You lay back, submerging your ears and closing your eyes.
You were in the king’s office when the servants had brought dinner. The food would have been amazing if it weren’t for the fact that you were too focussed on the discussion to even taste it.
King Namjoon had handled the information better than another person might have handled it. He’d dropped his head in his hands when Yoongi told him that his brothers’ souls were trapped in hell, and he stayed like that for a full minute, but he had no anger outburst, no denial, no screaming.
Seokjin had turned white as a sheet, but he didn’t move. His face had went slack, and it was like all feeling had seeped out of his body. You could tell, because you knew what that was like. Taehyung, on the other hand, had cried. He’d hid his face behind his hands and just cried. It was Yoongi who laid an arm around his shoulder.
“I need time,” the king had said, “to think. I’ll meet you tomorrow morning. We’ll figure out what to do then, but for now I need a moment.”
You took a moment, too. A moment to breathe, to think without having to come up with a solution, to just let your mind process. You focused on washing yourself, focused on your own body, before laying back and shutting down.
You breathed deep, letting the scents in the room calm you. Thoughts flitted through your head in no order and with no rhyme or reason.
Help my brothers – souls were hurt – tae – I can’t – possession of a human body – royal blood – kidnapped – married – neck – purple – help – chained up – open grassland – home – scratch – last stroke of midnight –
Last stroke of midnight.
You were gone when the clock chimed twelve.
===
Waking up in this castle was the most unpleasant thing you’ve experienced in your life. At first you hadn’t realised what it was that woke you in the first place. The sun wasn’t up yet, but the birds were awake, singing their hearts out. It took you a second to process that it wasn’t the birds that woke you.
It was screaming.
It wasn’t coming from a specific place, though. It was like it was coming from inside of your head, even though it was unmistakeably the voices of the princes.
The second thing you couldn’t understand was why you were so cold. Your teeth started chattering the moment you registered, but you’d been shivering before you even woke up. There was a rather logical explanation for that as well: you were floating in freezing water. You’d passed out in the bathtub.
And well. There had been better mornings in your life.
By the time your feet were warm enough in your boots to walk to the source of the noise, Yoongi was already in front of the door and talking to Seokjin. Neither of them looked any better than you did – dark rings under their eyes, puffy cheeks, both holding coffee. Yoongi was also holding a suitcase with his travel-laboratory.
Seokjin looked haunted, though. Not just tired, but haunted. You couldn’t imagine what it must have been like to wake up to your lover’s screams every day.
He wore it surprisingly well, given the circumstances.
“Morning, sleeping beauty,” Yoongi said with a snicker. “You look like a sewer rat, princess.” You scowled at him, consciously touching your still damp hair.
“Fuck off,” you snarled, “you look like you’ve been eaten by sewer rats, so shut up.”
“Did you…” Seokjin stopped himself to reconsider his wording. “Why are you wet?”
“I fell asleep in the bathtub,” you said with a smile as sweet as arsenic and Yoongi cackled like the little bitch witch he was.
“Oh,” Seokjin said, surprised and barely supressing his own laugh, “did Namjoon not warn you about the… uh, the curfew?”
“He did, now can we please move on to more important things than my choice of bed?” Yoongi just snorted in agreement.
The princes looked worse than they had the previous day. Hoseok was squirming and crying and sobbing with a broken voice. His wrists were bleeding, and you immediately called for Yoongi, who knew more about the wounds. You refused to fuck this up yourself.
“Can’t,” he just growled out, frantically fussing with Jimin’s feet. He was still screaming, but his voice had given out. You’d dared to look, and you were glad you had a strong stomach.
You dealt with Hoseok’s wrists yourself as best as you knew how. You applied the balsam that Yoongi had handed you for his feet. You talked to him a bit, not needing him to answer, but just to let him know you were there.
There wasn’t much more that you could do right now, and it unsettled you.
Seokjin was taking care of Jeongguk on his request. Yoongi had just given him the balsam too and told him what to do. The youngest seemed to be the best off, though. He was crying and hurt, but his wrists weren’t bleeding and his feet looked better than the others.
“We – we dance…” Hoseok suddenly breathed out, breath heavy. You looked down in surprise, not expecting him to speak. He breathed deep and then pushed the next part out, “They make us… dan – nce.”
“Gods…” you whispered, and squeezed his hand in comfort.
When two physicians came in, you were already done and the princes were sleeping. Hoseok was clutching your hand desperately, so you let him hold on while you were reading and Yoongi was still fussing. He had taken down the IVs and dissected them, grumbling all the way. When he saw them, standing at the door with confused faces, Yoongi nearly threw a vase at them. He would have, if you hadn’t grabbed it with a “down boy!”
“I should curse you both. I should fucking murder you both.” He was seething. “The next time either of you put opium in an IV, I swear to every God that I will hunt you down and wrap your colon around your neck.”
They froze, eyes wide at the tiny man with wild eyes and needles in his hands.
“Just go.” It was Seokjin this time. He was still on Jeongguk’s bed, running his hands through his hair while the young prince slept. The men bowed without a word and then left, nearly tripping over their own feet. Silence followed. You stared after the men with amused eyes and shook your head, but went back to your research.
“I’m gonna need to figure out another concoction to give them,” Yoongi mumbled, lost in thought.
“Seokjin?” you said after another moment of Yoongi’s grumbling.
“Hmm?”
“Did anything weird happen to Jeongguk before this?” Hoseok was clutching your hand again, fingers flexing every now and then. You ran your other hand through his hair, too, trying to soothe what you could.
“Nothing that made me think that this would happen,” Seokjin said, looking at Jeongguk like he was fragile. Like he loved him, like he was hurting. “He started having nightmares, started having this rash on his wrists. We thought it was stress, you know? What with the wedding and all. Then he stopped sleeping altogether, said the nightmares were too bad. He was paranoid, wouldn’t let me touch him. His wrists stopped itching and started hurting, and the next thing I knew, he screamed his throat sore the next morning. All three brothers at the same time.”
“I’m so sorry,” you said, “This must have hit hard.” Seokjin smiled bitterly, eyes just a bit teary.
“Yeah,” he said, voice thick, “Tae didn’t stop crying for a whole hour after you left. I didn’t see Namjoon afterward, either.”
“And you?”
“I refused.” There was this look in his eye; stubborn and angry. He gripped the prince’s hair a little possessively. “I cried enough when I wasn’t allowed to have him. I gave up everything – my family and my titles, even my dignity – to be with Jeongguk. I won’t cry again until I lose him, and he’s still very fucking much here.”
You wanted so say more, but you were interrupted with loud, steady footsteps and the smell of an open grassland wrapped around you like a blanket. You ignored the thought that it smelled like home.
“Detectives,” the king greeted upon entering the room. You noticed only then that the sun was rising over the horizon and that the king was bathed in gold. He had a questioning look in his eye, and a halfway amused smile on his face. “Does someone in here know why I found one of my best physicians crying in the hallway?”
Seokjin honest to god snickered and you had to suppress a smirk of your own.
“Yeah,” Yoongi said distractedly, still busy with his concoction. “Dickheads get thrown out. Wonder what happened to the other one.”
The king’s face morphed into a completely amused smile. “The other one is the reason why I’m here, the little tattletale.”
Despite yourself, you giggled, and it earned you a playful smile from the king. Seokjin looked him in the eye and pouted. “Are you going to scold us, oh high majesty king Namjoonie?”
King Namjoon snorted, collapsed onto a chair and rubbed his neck again. You were beginning to think that it was a nervous tick of his. “Please consider refraining from making my staff cry,” he joked, voice monotone and almost robot-like. You couldn’t help but be surprised at the easy-going display. “How are they?”
“Worse than yesterday,” Yoongi said, “but they’re surprisingly fucking persistent in surviving.”
“They’re taking good care of them,” Seokjin said with a sincere voice.
“Do you have a plan, detectives?” the king asked tentatively. “I think we need to discuss the course of action. This is nothing to be taken lightly.”
The sun was moving slowly over the horizon, bathing the whole room in golden light now. Yoongi put down what he was busy with, a bright red potion now, and turned to the king.
“For now, I’m making a potion to replace the IV that your incompetent doctors hooked them up to. It’ll give them more strength and help ease their pain. It’ll keep them alive until we save them.”
“I’m researching runes for that to happen, your majesty–”
“I thought we were past that,” the king interrupted. You blinked in confusion and disbelief.
“Excuse me?”
“I told you to call me Namjoon, when no one’s around, I don’t mind.” The king had a kind smile on his face, dimples on full display and the sight made you stop for just a moment, just a split second, to admire it, before your brain started up again.
“Right. Well, I’m going to need to construct a rune of my own to bring your brothers back. This isn’t the first time something like this has happened, but I can only find books on what the symptoms were. I don’t think a witch was ever present to help the victims. At least, it hasn’t been recorded,” you frowned at the books scattered next to Hoseok’s bed. It may have been recorded, but the Westerners destroyed all their witch’s journals during the trials. “Yoongi already made a potion that will force the demon out, and I have rune to banish it after, but we’re going to need to find the demon first. Or, the person it possessed.”
“Alright, and how do we find them?”
“We know that they roam the halls of the castle after midnight. They’d be the only one awake,” Yoongi answered, having moved away from his lab with the potion in hand, now a soft pink.
“Sure, but how do you plan to spot them if no one can stay awake?” Seokjin asked.
“We don’t plan to spot them,” you said with a smile, “We plan to catch them. Yoongi and will set up traps all over the palace in the hopes that it’ll hold the demon until morning.”
Namjoon shook his head solemnly. “We’ve tried traps, and we found them all piled on my throne, in pieces.”
“You haven’t tried runes and poisons. It’s worth a try, don’t you think?” you said, hands toying with the book still in your lap.
Yoongi was busy hooking the princes up to the new fluids. Hoseok swallowed and grimaced in discomfort when the needle pierced his skin. His eyes were open, he’d been listening the entire time. He looked at you, then to the other side of the room, then back to you. He seemed panicked.
“What do you need?” you asked. Hoseok just shook his head violently and then closed his eyes tightly.
“Can’t.”
You accepted it and let him hold your hand in an iron grip again. It was frustrating to have three people with the answers in their eyes, and they weren’t allowed to say a thing.
“The hardest part is going to be bringing your brothers back,” you said, “It’s easy to banish a soul. It’s hard as fuck to bring it back. Banishing the demon won’t bring them back, it’ll just prevent the whole ordeal from happening again.”
Namjoon looked at Hoseok with pursed lips and a clenched jaw. “Yeah.”
“Namjoon,” Yoongi said, “who was Taehyung’s mother?”
“The daughter of some lord with whom my father did business in the West,” Namjoon explained, “She was thrown out when she got pregnant, so my father took her home with him. My mother was less than impressed. The woman died during birth.”
“A royal bastard with Western blood,” Yoongi said and looked at you.
“It fits,” you agreed. He was the perfect recipe for disaster.
“I’ll ignore the slur,” Namjoon grit out, “but do tell me why my brother is suddenly a suspect.”
“Demons have standards, and Taehyung fits them perfectly,” Yoongi simply said, “There’s a good chance he’s the possessed one.”
“Taehyung is just as happy and easy-going as he always was, given the circumstances. I’d know if my brother was possessed,” Namjoon said, a bit sourly. You shook your head, and he fixed you with a challenging stare. “Do you disagree, detective?”
“Yes,” you said, “Demons hide during the day, you wouldn’t notice anything wrong with your brother before midnight.”
The king stood up, clearly done with the conversation. With neutral eyes, he said, “If you need anything, I’ll be in my office. I have a meeting soon.”
===
You hadn’t stayed next to Hoseok long after the king had left. You’d spent hours setting up as many traps as you could with Yoongi. It was a shot in the dark, and Yoongi was still working on a potion that would keep you awake.
You’d spotted Taehyung too, but he was in a rush and just sent you a quick wave and a bright, toothy smile. You somehow couldn’t imagine a demon being inside the boy, but demons hid during the day, and there wouldn’t be a trace of it. Which meant that Taehyung was still a viable suspect.
The rest of the day was spent working on a rune to bring the princes back. You’d decided to try a summoning circle of sorts, but personalised to each prince to avoid summoning demons instead of princes. Perhaps if you enriched it with something they loved, something they were passionate about.
Namjoon would know.
Yoongi barely reacted when you left the room, wrapped up in his own research. You only realised that it was dark after you left your room. Torches were lit along the palace walls, flames dancing with the wind coming through the open windows. A guard pointed you in the direction of the king, and you quickly followed the long corridors, not wanting to waste time.
If it was already dark then midnight wasn’t far off.
The door you stopped at was big and heavy and… beautiful. There were flowers carved on the dark wood, and vines woven into themselves in a very familiar pattern.
You knocked.
“Who is it?” came Namjoon’s voice.
“Detective Y/n!” The door swung open and your breath caught in your throat.
You told yourself that it had nothing to do with the fact that Namjoon was shirtless, because he was. He was shirtless and the first thing you saw when that door opened was his broad chest, that golden skin, that gorgeous –
But no, that’s not why your breath caught in your throat. Even if you noticed the red ring around his neck seconds after your knees went weak.
“Oh, gods,” you breathed.
“It’s rude to stare, detective,” Namjoon said, clearly a bit smug. You would have laughed. You would have laughed and then came up with something to throw him off guard, like maybe I just don’t like depriving myself of beautiful things.
Instead, your blood started to boil under your skin. Because the reason for your staring wasn’t his physique, instead it was the reddish-purple ring winding around his neck, and you didn’t know what to do with the fear that crept into your bones.
“You idiot,” you growled, and the king’s smirk fell off his face. You pushed him into the room and slammed the door shut behind you.
“Fuck – what?” Namjoon stumbled, nearly fell on his ass, but caught himself.
“You absolute fucking idiot,” you pointed your finger at his neck, “Do you know what that is?! Of course you do, because we told you everything about it yesterday, so tell me, king, why you didn’t fucking tell me.”
Namjoon’s face went serious in a way that was almost severe. “You forget your place, detective, I don’t have to tell you anything.”
“Don’t hit me with that bullshit,” you snarled, “You told me to drop honorifics, so I dropped honorifics. Now tell me about that wound or you can save your own goddamn brothers and yourself.”
The king raised his eyebrows and stayed quiet for a second. You stared him down, and after a second a ghost of a smile appeared on his face.
“I could go to war with the East for that tone, you know?” Namjoon said, voice now back to normal. He sat down on of the plush chairs scattered about the outrageously big room.
“Our company’s from the West.”
“Yes, but you aren’t, are you, Y/n?”
Your blood went cold. “Say what you want to say, king.”
“I’m not threatening you, I’m poking fun. But I know you’re the Eastern King’s niece. And with his son dead, you’re the next in line, aren’t you?” He leaned back on his palms, fully exposing his front and the stretch of that chest –
“I suggest you keep that information to yourself,” you said lowly, “because I know everything about this castle and runes are easy to rig.”
The king’s smile widened, he was enjoying this. “I told you, I wasn’t threatening you, so I beg the same courtesy. I just felt like I should be honest about the knowledge I possess.”
“Yes, yes, fine,” you waved your hand in an irritated way, “Can we get to the part you weren’t honest about?” You gestured to the inflamed skin around the base of his neck again.
Namjoon took a deep breath and you didn’t look at his chest. “I passed out at my desk the first night of the curfew. I woke up with the ring around my neck. It hasn’t changed since, doesn’t get worse or anything.”
“Where are you normally after twelve?”
“In here. I would have been in here the first night too, if I’d known. I make sure I’m in my room before twelve. I don’t want the wrong people to find me in the wrong places.
“Do you want to know the only goddamn reason you’re not writhing in agony the way your brothers are right now?” you said darkly. The king raised his eyebrow in question. “It’s two things. You know that door you hide behind? It’s got a protection rune on it, a pretty fucking good one too. But do you know how easy it is to break that rune? A sturdy knife should do the trick.”
You stepped closer, so that Namjoon had to crane his neck to be able to look at you. “Go on,” he said, and you hated that his voice got lower, hated that you noticed.
“The second is luck. Because your dumbass is lucky that I figured it out before the demon did.”
You turned away from the king and scanned the room for a piece of paper and a pencil. The room really was ridiculously big. A bed in the corner, a sofa with chairs, a large desk with a stool, side boards and wardrobes scattered about.
You bounded to the desk, and grabbed the pencil laying ready. You used the first piece of paper you could find and scrawled a rune, accurate to the last degree on pure muscle memory. You crumpled it up and held it out to a confused looking Namjoon.
“Make yourself at home?” the king said with an unsure smile. You rolled your eyes.
“Swallow.”
“What?”
“Take this piece of paper and swallow it. It’s ten minutes of unconditional protection. I’m going to leave this room, I’m going to gather my things, and then I’m going to come back, and I’m going to examine you so that I know what the fuck is going on.”
The king nodded and did as you told him.
You grumbled all the way to your room. Yoongi was at his desk, where you left him, and watched with a frown when you packed your things with a scowl.
“Who pissed in your teacup?” Yoongi asked.
“The king has a red ring around his neck,” you said, “So now I’m going over there to try and examine it. And protect him.”
“Should I come?”
“Tomorrow, I think. There’s not much time left. I know what to look out for.”
Yoongi nodded and let you go.
===
Having Namjoon lay shirtless and at your mercy was an experience. When you scraped a piece of dry skin off of the red area, he made a groan of discomfort that your dumb brain immediately associated with something else.
You were a professional, though, and you acted like it.
“Gods, you’re lucky,” you whispered when you packed up your tools. Namjoon sat up and ran a hand through his hair. He looked at you, fully focused. “Your soul is still with you, unlike your brothers. They chained you, though. One false move from you, one yank from them at the right time, and your soul’s ripped from your body.”
“I’m sorry,” Namjoon whispered.
“What for?” you sighed.
“Being dishonest. I didn’t want you to divide your attention between me and my brothers. I just wanted them safe.” Namjoon leaned his head against his headboard and stared out the window. You wished he’d lock eyes with you so you could see what he was thinking.
“It’s selfish,” you said, nearly scolded, “It’s selfish because the demons want you. It’s all about you. This kingdom is fucked without you, so you have to survive in order for your people to be okay. Putting your brothers before yourself is selfish.” Namjoon closed his eyes and pursed his lips.
“I know.”
“I get it, though,” you said, voice softer than you intended, more sincere, “I would have probably done the same.” There was a silence for a moment. Namjoon looked at you with a glint in his eye that you couldn’t quite place. “I can’t leave your side for a while now,” you eventually said, “I have a rune that can’t be broken as long as I’m close to you. It’ll keep your soul intact and your body healthy, as long as you stay by my side.”
Namjoon just nodded. You eyed the clock; twenty minutes. There was still time.
You grabbed a paintbrush and charcoal paint from your satchel and drew the same rune you had Namjoon swallow on his wrist, with only a few alterations.
“Smells good,” Namjoon said, voice low. You nodded.
“It’s the rosemary.”
Next, you lit a red candle. Namjoon examined it with curiosity. “It’s pretty,” he said and you smiled. You held out your hand and he gave you his own, palm up.
“This’ll sting.” You dripped the wax onto Namjoon’s skin, whispering the spell and consciously pouring magic into the drops. Namjoon hissed, but you were content. It was sealed in for now.
You finished the spell by drawing the same symbol on your own leg, only mirrored. Namjoon watched with interest, but stayed quiet.
“If you want to be comfortable,” Namjoon said when you were done, “I suggest you tuck yourself in. You have two minutes.”
“In your bed?�� you asked in disbelief.
“We don’t have time to ready the couch, and the bed’s big enough.” Namjoon rolled over, facing you, and slapped his pillow, getting comfortable.
You kicked off your boots and hesitantly got into the other side. You turned your back to the king. There wasn’t much time to overthink it, anyway.
===
The next morning was a lot more pleasant than the previous one. You were warm and comfortable and very much not ready to wake up. The smell of rain and grass enveloped your dreamy being. You pressed your face into the pillow, wiggled back into the source of heat and tried to cancel out the ringing.
Not ringing. Your eyes shot open. Not ringing, but screaming.
The wall of warmth behind you groaned in displeasure and you nearly yelped with how fast you stumbled out of bed.
“Wha–?” Namjoon mumbled, eyes wide in attempt to see what’s going on. He looked so cute with his puffy cheeks and sleepy eyes that you damn near cooed at him, and you hated that with every fibre of your being.
“Can you not keep your hands to yourself?” you hissed, trying to push down the feeling to squish.
Namjoon looked around, really blinking the sleep out of his eyes, and a lazy smile spread on his face. He didn’t look cute anymore. He looked smug. And so sexy. And you hated that thought even more.
“You were on my side of the bed, princess,” he said and his morning voice made you want to throw yourself out of the window. He was right though. You’d migrated to him some time during your four hours of sleep. You were glad it was too dark for him to see you blush.
“Whatever, get up, I have princes to attend to.” You threw a pillow at him and he caught it, and fell back into bed.
“Then go, I get a few more minutes.”
“No, you don’t,” you said and threw him with another pillow. The king scowled at you. “I have to attend to the princes, and you have to stay close to me if you want to keep your soul.”
Namjoon sighed and stared at the ceiling for a moment, despair in his eyes, before he sighed again, this time in surrender. “Alright.” He got up and tiptoed to his wardrobe. “You can use the washroom first, if you want.” Namjoon gestured to a door you hadn’t noticed at first. You thanked him, and then went to see if you could salvage your appearance.
===
Yoongi was waiting for you in front of the closed door of the princes’ room. You walked quickly, trying to keep pace with Namjoon and his long legs. Yoongi cocked his head when he caught sight of you, amusement spreading in his eyes.
“Good morning,” Yoongi said.
“Oh, it was,” Namjoon purred and whipped your head around so fast you wouldn’t have been surprised if you heard your neck snap. You sent him a look that would have made a lesser man cower. Namjoon just smiled.
“Having your soul separated from your body is a terrible way to go, your majesty, but there are worse ways,” you gritted out. Yoongi snickered behind you. “We have work to do.”
The princes were in much the same condition as they were the day before. Hoseok smiled at you this morning, though. A tired, half smile, but you could only imagine how bright it could be. You treated his wounds the same as the previous day, and you were delighted to see that, even though there were new blisters, the old ones looked good. The balsam worked.
You treated Jeongguk too. Seokjin was nowhere to be found and Yoongi was struggling with Jimin, who looked very bad. Jeongguk was a lot more awake than the others had been. He spoke a bit too, asked your name and told you his favourite colour. You talked back, just to comfort him, to ground him.
“Jimin fights,” Jeongguk said after a long while of silence while you worked. You focused your attention back on him. The prince had spoken in a rush, like he wanted to get it out as fast as possible.
“Is that why he always looks so bad?” you asked. Jeongguk swallowed, but managed to nod. “Jeongguk, do you know who the demon is?”
The prince nodded again, and then immediately started crying. You tried to talk to him, to get a name out of him, but he became hysterical and then Namjoon took over, knowing how to comfort his brother. “I love him,” Jeongguk yelled, looking you straight in the eye.
You moved back, letting Namjoon take over. It bothered you, though, Jeongguk’s words. It felt like you missed something but you couldn’t place it.
Yoongi switched the drips and then approached you.
“Spill,” he demanded. You shook your head and pulled him away, out of the king’s earshot, and told him everything, starting with your encounter with Jeongguk and ending with your encounter with Namjoon.
“Mother, he’s lucky, holy fuck.”
“I told him that, but we don’t want to push it. Have you checked any traps?” you asked, wanting to change the topic.
“No, just the one on the way here and it was empty. C’mon then, we have work to do.”
“Namjoon,” you approached the king, now running his hands through Jeongguk’s hair, now sleeping. Namjoon looked up and you almost did a double take at his teary eyes. He was crying. The king was crying. You laid a hand on his shoulder and gave him a soft smile. “We have a demon to catch. He’ll be okay.”
Namjoon nodded, wiped his eyes, and followed you out.
You couldn’t push down the giddy feeling of going on a treasure hunt, no matter how many times you told yourself that it was a morbid thought.
===
The traps were empty, but you weren’t surprised. It was a game of luck and patience, like a man trying to catch a fish. You needed to wait.
At noon, Namjoon had a meeting with a few aristocrats that he couldn’t postpone or cancel, so you found yourself in a meeting room with your books scattered around you, not paying attention to any of the people in the room.
You caught a few nasty looks from a few of the old men, a few of them looked at you like prey, like they could eat you. It irritated you to no end.
“Your majesty,” a young man said, eyeing you like he wanted to use you and interrupting Namjoon mid-sentence. The king clenched his jaw, but looked at the man patiently, urging him to speak. “I don’t understand what this... girl is doing here, we’re discussing a sensitive things.”
“This has nothing to do with the topic at hand,” Namjoon stated, clearly irritated. “Her presence is not your concern, she is here for my protection.”
“Well,” the man said, “I believe we should vote on whether or not she gets to stay. Your majesty did say that all of our opinions matter and we should vote on all decisions, and I don’t think that someone from the West should listen in on something this sensitive. And you have guards to protect you.”
Two other men nodded their head and looked at the king expectantly, like they were challenging him. Namjoon smiled. It wasn’t a smile you knew. It was a threat more than anything else.
“Lord Lin,” he started, voice soft and pace slow, “if I let this council vote on all decisions, you would never be able to leave this boardroom. Instead, I let you go home to eat yourself to death. While you spend your nights with some poor woman who wishes she could make her living some other way, I stay in this room making decisions that I don’t want to waste either of our time on.” Namjoon’s smile was gone now. He seemed vicious. The man’s eye twitched, but he looked down anyway. “The decisions I let you vote on are the ones I think are appropriate, and even then your vote isn’t much more than a suggestion. Do you know why, Lord Lin?”
The man looked up and shook his head. There were a few people around the table who looked offended and angry, but the majority of the room hid their smiles behind their hands.
“It’s because I am king, and you are not,” Namjoon said, head high. “So I suggest you don’t interrupt me again.”
The meeting went on after that, except that the young lord kept his poisonous gaze on you.
The rest of the day was less eventful. You dragged Namjoon to your and Yoongi’s room to work on your runes with Yoongi in your vicinity. The king went through documents of his own and eventually Taehyung knocked, asking to join because he felt scared.
You were surprised at the honesty, but you let him inside anyway, thinking that it couldn’t do much harm while the demon was dormant. He curled up on Yoongi’s bed with a book and didn’t say much else.
While Yoongi worked on his staying awake potion, you got further with your runes. Namjoon did give you things the princes loved. Dancing shoes, a ratty, used up paintbrush and a small, metal notebook with refillable pages.
Each of you were too caught up in your own things to really talk to the other.
You were nearly done, having had a major breakthrough in your research, when Namjoon interrupted you. You looked up, surprised at the existence of another human being besides yourself. You blinked yourself back into reality and found Namjoon holding out a hand toward you.
“Come,” he said, “you haven’t eaten all day and it’s dinner time.”
Against your better judgement, you packed everything you needed, including a toothbrush and your sleeping clothes, and followed the king to his room, wishing Yoongi and Taehyung a good night on your way out.
Taehyung responded with a smile, Yoongi didn’t hear you.
The food was amazing, brought to the king’s room by the servants, and you nearly made a noise when you bit into the tiramisu. You didn’t talk much during dinner, but neither did Namjoon. He seemed distracted.
“You’re not very nice to your lords,” you eventually teased after you licked your spoon clean. An embarrassed smile spread on his face.
“I’m not usually an asshole,” he defended, “I treat them pretty good, I think. That’s the most feedback I’ve gotten, at least. But Lin… god I can’t stand him. I miss his mother. She was an awesome woman, would have probably made a better monarch than I did. She died, though, and now I’m stuck with her spoiled little son.”
“He does seem spoiled,” you said absentmindedly.
“You know,” Namjoon said with a soft voice, more serious, “I’m really scared of losing them. It’s lonely without my brothers. Especially when Tae’s been so out of it lately. I miss having honest people around me. I miss talking.”
“You have me.” The words slipped out of your mouth before you could stop it, and you nearly slapped yourself. You were nothing to the king. Not family, not a friend, not a lover. “I mean, until you get them back you can talk to me.” God, that sounded worse.
Namjoon smiled regardless. A genuine, grateful, albeit a little sad smile. “Yeah. I have you.”
You went back to work after eating, and Namjoon indulged in a novel. And then… a final line and you had a design in front of you that you couldn’t find a flaw with.
“I did it,” you said, more to yourself than anything else. Namjoon shot up and stood next to you in no time.
“You did?” he asked, sounding elated. You nodded frantically.
“Yeah, I think so. I can’t find a flaw. What time is it?” You frantically looked for the clock. Half past eleven. It could be enough time, but if something went wrong, you’d be stuck on demon grounds.
“Don’t risk it,” Namjoon said, reading your mind. “We have plenty of time tomorrow, and we’re no use to my brothers dead. Besides, you can have Yoongi look it over, just… just for another pair of eyes.”
“Yeah,” you said. He was right, of course.
“Let’s sleep,” the king suggested and it felt so intimate that you almost did a double take. “We could use an extra hour.”
You used the washroom to change into your sleepwear and nearly collapsed when you came back. Namjoon was shirtless again, wearing loose pants, ready for bed and it almost made you drool.
You hesitated for a moment, debating whether or not to ask for the sofa. But the king didn’t seem bothered and the bed was so much more comfortable and it really had nothing to do with Namjoon being shirtless again and it hand nothing to do with the fact that you wanted to wake up wrapped around him again and –
You got into bed and turned your back to the king.
“Thank you, Y/n,” Namjoon said, voice low, “For everything.”
“I meant it when I said it,” you whispered, nearly hoping he didn’t hear you, “you have me.”
The room went silent for a hot minute and you started to drift away. Somewhere between awake and asleep, you felt Namjoon move closer, just enough to feel the dip in the bed, to feel the residue of his warmth.
If you were more awake, you would have moved away, but it would have been the logical thing to do, and not that what you’d want. So you did what you wanted, and moved close enough that your back touched his chest.
Silence. And then.
“Good night, princess.”
#notyourdamsels#ksmutclub#bangtanhq#magicshopnet#btswriterscollective#thekimlinenet#bangtanarmynet#smutcentralnet#namjoon#rm#namjoon fanfic#rm fanfic#namjoon fanfiction#rm fanfiction#bts#bts fanfic#bts fanfiction#bangtan#bangtan boys
72 notes
·
View notes
Text
Appetence
→ [1/7] of the Glossary Series
→ summary: Seokjin frowns, though you have an elated smile plastered on your face. For some reason, he doesn't like this Jimin. But you seem to love him a lot—enough to marry him—so Seokjin lets it slide. Still, he can't shake off that strange feeling that you're just like him, deep inside. Lonely.
→ pairing/rating: seokjin x reader | PG
→ genre: 98% mellow angst, 2% fluff | ghost!au
→ warnings: death, mentions of bruises and blood and physical abuse
→ wordcount: 3.4k
→ a/n: this is the poor baby cat that i’ll be referring to in the story 🥺my heart hurts every time i look at this
It's lonely to be dead.
The last thing Seokjin remembers before he projected out of his body was his doctor telling his brother that he wasn't going to make it. Ironic. Seokjin died before the doctor even finished his sentence.
He was confused at first, wondering why on earth he was still on the wretched planet. But after a while, he accepted his new see-through body. It's pretty cool to walk through walls, he supposes.
But now he has nothing to do. At first, Seokjin had wandered around his brother's house, but after a while, he realized that his presence made his brother shiver and teeth chatter violently. Apparently, turning into an invisible entity turns you cold. So for the good of his own brother's health, Seokjin leaves.
There's a large red maple tree that sits on an empty hill just a few miles away from his home. It becomes Seokjin's new home. Because he doesn't feel, he spends the winters, autumn, springs and summers there, leaning against the broad trunk of the tree and watching the grass sway in the breeze. When it snows, he always reaches out to catch a snowflake even though he knows it'll fall right through him. It's habitual. What he used to do when he was alive.
Autumn is the prettiest season for the red maple tree. The shaped leaves are colored a vivid red and boast a satisfying crunch when some little children flock around to play with their toys. But whenever Seokjin tries to play with them, the children shiver and run away. So now, when people visit the red maple tree, Seokjin hides.
He doesn't like it when they shiver like they're cold. Seokjin used to be a very warm person when he was alive. People wouldn't flock around him per se (he was a little shy), but the people who did know him loved him. Though he admits it's nice to be alone sometimes, Seokjin misses people. He misses having someone to talk to.
There's a stray cat that likes to slink around the red maple tree from time to time. It's a Persian with taupe colored fur. Except the fur gets darker and darker every time Seokjin sees the cat. He's starting to think the original fur color must've been white, but over time (and with the absence of an owner), the cat must've accumulated a lot of dirt on its fur.
Seokjin creatively names him Cat.
Cat is the only thing that seems to acknowledge Seokjin's presence in the world anymore. He likes to meow in a nice greeting and sit next to the ghost nearly every day. Though Cat doesn't talk, his companionship means the world to Seokjin. It makes Seokjin wish he could do more than stare lovingly at the cat. Maybe buy some food for it—Cat's abnormally skinny and there are patches of fur missing on his once-white coat. He wonders if it is bullied by the domestic cats around town. Sometimes the poor feline sneaks by Seokjin with some blood on its matted fur, but when Seokjin worriedly tries to get a closer look, Cat hisses. And he doesn't show up at the red maple tree until the day after a hard rain. When Cat comes back, there is no longer blood caked on his fur—only the remnants of a few scratches and bite marks.
Sadly—or maybe even fortunately—Cat is Seokjin's only friend now.
Until the day you come up the hill.
You've wrapped yourself up in a rather tattered shawl to defeat the cold autumn winds. Seokjin's never seen you before and you seem quite frail, but he thinks you look beautiful nonetheless. It's because you're smiling. And Seokjin doesn't know the reason but he doesn't need to know to see you be happy.
He hasn't felt happy in a very long time. It's always nice to see someone else be happy for him.
Seokjin watches as you sit down alone against the red maple tree and shiver. Self-conscious, he moves back from you.
If you're cold, you don't really show it. You continue smiling as you look up at the brilliant scarlet leaves of the maple tree.
"Beautiful tree..." Seokjin hears you mutter.
Your voice is beautiful. Sweet, light and brisk like the morning breeze. Seokjin's entranced by you immediately, but it hurts to know that you'll never be able to see him.
You sit against the tree for what seems like hours, just staring at the sky and humming little songs to yourself. Seokjin finds you lovely. Your company makes him feel less lonely, though you don't know you're keeping someone company, of course.
When Cat slinks by to rub adoringly against Seokjin's leg, you spot him too.
"Oh, a cat!"
Cat freezes and looks you up and down with scrutiny. He is on the verge of a very threatening hiss when you speak first.
"Aw, come on... I won't hurt you," you whisper, holding out your hand for the cat. "I don't have any food today... But maybe I can bring you some canned fish tomorrow...?"
Tomorrow? The sound of you coming back the next day is music to Seokjin's ears.
Cat seems to like you too. He slinks over to you and rubs against your legs. You giggle, reaching to softly pet his head. "I'm going to name you Minnie." Cat—now named Minnie—purrs. Seokjin has to admit that the name is way better than the one he had originally given the cat. "It's after my dear boyfriend," you laugh quietly. "But he doesn't really like animals, I don't think. He doesn't really like nature, either." You shrug, wrapping the shawl around your body once more. "But I do."
Minnie leans into your hand when you pet his head, making you giggle. "You're a stray cat, aren't you? I wish I could take you home..."
The cat purrs assertively as if saying, 'But this is my home.' Seokjin smiles. And he grins when you say:
"Oh, you live on this hill?"
It's as if you can understand Minnie.
"It's a good place to live," you smile. "I love the tree. Don't you?" Minnie purrs in agreement. He crawls onto your lap and decides he wants to rest there for hours. You let him stay.
Seokjin wishes he could hold Minnie too. But he feels just as content watching you do it for him.
When the ghost accidentally gets too close to you, you shiver, white air escaping from your mouth as you breathe out. But unlike normal people, you laugh. "It's like the wind's trying to talk to me!" you tell Minnie. "And it's friendly too. I can tell."
You reach out your hand, unknowingly going right through Seokjin's body. He smiles, shifting back so that your hand is touching his. There. Much better.
"People say this place is inhabited by demons," you whisper, pulling back your hand to pet Minnie when he begins to whine like a petulant child. "They say the tree creaks at weird hours of the day. And there's always this strange coldness that crawls up your spine. But this place is so... warm."
You look out to the sky where the sun's beginning to set. "I figure I'll get a lot of privacy around here, right?"
"...Right..." Seokjin laughs but he knows you can't hear him.
Minnie purrs in agreement.
Staring lovingly at the cat, you sigh. "I need to get home, Minnie... Jimin'll worry..." The cat jumps off your lap and looks behind his body to stare at you. "Don't give me that look," you giggle. "I said I'll come back tomorrow! And with food! Maybe the friendly spirits around here will be waiting for me too!"
And with that, you walk away from the hill, stopping along the way to look for four-leaf clovers. Seokjin watches you leave with a smile on his face.
For all of autumn, you come to the red maple hill every day. During the winter, when it's colder, you skip some days to 'replenish your warmth,' as you put it. Seokjin just counts the minutes until he can see you again.
But when the aroma of the blossoming petals filters the warm breeze, Seokjin realizes it's already spring. You visit more often now.
Minnie isn't as skinny as before—Seokjin would even go as far as to call the cat plump, but Minnie doesn't like to be subjected under such a word. But the best part of you strolling up to the red maple tree is not the food you bring Minnie (although the cat appreciates it). It is the stories you tell. The stories that you think no one but the cat listens to.
But Seokjin's there.
"Minnie," you sigh, sitting down as you hand the cat an opened can of sardines. You giggle as the cat immediately dips his head into his meal. "I had the best day today!"
Seokjin curiously peers from behind the tree.
"Oh! The spirit's here!" you exclaim, clapping your hands together.
You must've been born with a sixth sense. Over the months of which you spent your time on the little hill by yourself, you've somehow figured out that the tree was not haunted by demons but wandered by a single spirit. A spirit you've deemed as friendly from early on. But you only acknowledge his presence, never speaking to him. Seokjin doesn't mind. Acknowledgment is enough.
Tugging your shawl over your shoulders like always, you peer up at the crimson leaves of the maple tree that are just beginning to unfurl from their buds. "Jimin suggested we get married!"
Minnie ignores you but Seokjin claps politely. "Congratulations!" he tells you. But, of course, you can't hear him.
You stifle a laugh when you see that Minnie isn't reacting to your good news whatsoever. "Minnie," you urge, "I'm gonna get married!" Placing a hand on your stomach, you smile giddily. "And we're gonna be parents!"
That must be why you're getting married so quickly and quite frankly out of nowhere. You hardly talk about your boyfriend, now fiancé, and when you do, it's often with a sad look on your face.
"The wedding's gonna be really small, but it's a wedding nonetheless!" you say. "Jimin doesn't want anything too special. I just want something that's memorable..."
Seokjin notices that there's nothing on your ring finger though. As if sensing his thoughts you sigh. "Jimin says wedding rings are a social construct. They're expensive and useless."
Minnie stops his vigorous eating to stare at you. It's like he's telling you, 'That's utter bullshit!'
You giggle. "I mean... I guess I always wanted to seal off my engagement with a pretty ring, but I'm already lucky enough to have found a man who loves me..." you trail off, shaking your head. "Let's talk about something else," you tell the cat abruptly. "I'm going to tell you about the time I nearly drowned in the river trying to fish out Jimin's shoe. Don't ask how it got there."
Seokjin frowns, though you have an elated smile plastered on your face. For some reason, he doesn't like this Jimin. But you seem to love him a lot—enough to marry him—so Seokjin lets it slide.
Still, he can't shake off that strange feeling that you're just like him, deep inside.
Lonely.
When the sun begins to beat down on everyone and everything, the red maple tree becomes a refuge. It signals that summer has arrived. To battle the intense heat, you like to bring pretty patterned fans to fan yourself while wearing your rather thick shawl.
It seems as if you don't like to take it off.
Maybe it's a token. A story that you will tell one day.
You bring refrigerated water for Minnie, sipping cool lemonade yourself as you tell the cat summer love stories. Minnie doesn't mind the romance too much; in fact, he doesn't care. Seokjin does, however.
He thinks you make up lovely stories.
"Summer's going to love it up here," you smile, petting Minnie's head as the cat purrs in agreement. "Do you think Jimin will let me name the child Summer regardless of the gender?"
Minnie chirrups almost as if he's laughing at you. Which, you kind of deserve. You're not even showing yet, but you're already dead-set on naming the child Summer.
"I just love summer so much!" you defend yourself. You give the cat a dirty look. "I bet you do too, Minnie. You just don't wanna admit it."
Minnie lets out a little trill as if to say 'Don't judge me, woman.'
You laugh. "Okay, okay. I won't push it." Letting out a short sigh, you begin to fan yourself with your hands. "It's a bit warm today, isn't it, Minnie?"
Seokjin watches as the cat playfully tugs at your shawl.
"Should I take this off?"
Seokjin cocks his head.
Minnie meows and it's enough for you to giggle. "All right. I'm usually insecure about this. So you better not judge, okay? I trust you." The cat softly purrs, encouraging you further.
"All right..."
With that, you carefully and slowly take your shawl off, placing it on the grass next to you. You're wearing a summer dress that exposes your smooth skin to be sun-kissed, but Seokjin gasps when he notices purplish, hideous bruises across your shoulders and back.
Minnie yowls at you, standing up and staring worriedly at the welts on your body.
"I-I'm okay," you say hastily. "I promise."
"Oh..." Seokjin breathes. "I'm so sorry..." He wants to ask if Jimin did this to you. He wants you to know that you're safe with him. That he'll solace you and treat you the way you should be treated. But alas, you cannot hear him.
"They'll go away soon," you assure the cat.
Seokjin wonders if they'll be back... If the abuse you're facing at home will ever stop.
As the months pass, the more sickly you seem. You're starting to lose kilograms of weight, your face shrinking and looking more like a skull than anything else. If you were frail before, you were even more feeble now.
There are days you completely forget to come to the red maple tree and Seokjin has to take care of Minnie on his own. Other times, when you do come, you can't stay for long, making some dumb excuse that Jimin wants you back home early.
You always clutch your shawl tightly against your body no matter the weather.
On the days that you do come, you lean against the red maple tree and smile as you read from a book of poems while petting an occupied Minnie scarfing down cat food.
Seokjin notices something off about you these days. You smile, but it doesn't make your eyes sparkle like before.
Then, for a week, you don't come back to the hill. Seokjin waits for you every day. But you're nowhere to be seen. He even contemplates going to the village to find you, but it occurs to him that maybe you want privacy. Maybe you just want to stay home... You've been months pregnant now, anyways.
But when you finally show your face at the red maple tree, you look desolate. You've lost even more weight than before, and you even carry a blood-spotted handkerchief in your hands. Minnie softly meows to welcome you. But as soon as you see the cat, you smile through the tears welling up in your eyes.
"I lost Summer," you whisper, collapsing on your knees.
Seokjin wonders why you refuse to cry here.
"This is supposed to be my happy place," you sigh, caressing the verdant grass with your shaking hands. "I don't want to come here and be a stormy rain cloud now, do I?"
Minnie purrs, nudging his head against your lap. You giggle, but it turns into a violent coughing fit. You have to block your mouth with your handkerchief. When you're done, a new bloody splotch is added onto the once white cloth.
The cat looks at you worriedly.
"Oh..." Seokjin whispers, wanting to reach out and caress you. He wants to tell you that it's going to be okay. That he's sorry you lost your baby. And that he wants you to get better from whatever illness that's plaguing you.
"I-I... don't... I don't know if I can come here anymore..." you say hesitantly. "I'm... I'm not allowed to be outside..."
Minnie yowls.
"I know... I'm sorry, Minnie..." you apologize. "I'm going to get better though. I'll keep you company when I'm healthy. I promise."
Seokjin looks at your dull eyes and sickly features. It reminds him of how he had looked before he was forced to become a lonely creature on the planet. He yearns for you to get better. To enjoy the playful life that you deserve. Maybe you'll leave that Jimin and find a better man who won't restrict your adventurous side.
He wishes more than anything for you to be happy.
Likewise, in your head, you wish more than anything for you to seek happiness.
Then, you are gone. Just like that.
For months.
Every day, Seokjin wonders where you are. Maybe you've finally gotten better and the bruises on your body are healed and you no longer cough up blood. Maybe you've moved away from the madness. Maybe you've called off your engagement with Jimin...
Minnie stays by Seokjin's side, awaiting your supposed return. Neither of them gives up on you.
And one day, when the sun is beginning to rise from its nighttime slumber and is bringing home another autumn morning, Seokjin sees you.
You walk steadily, smiling.
Though you look ghastly, your skin shimmers in the morning light as you gently hum a familiar song. Minnie rushes out to greet you while Seokjin hides behind the red maple tree.
There is something about you... that seems different today.
"Minnie!" you laugh. That's when you catch sight of a shimmering man behind the tree. "Hello?" you call out.
Seokjin holds his breath—though it won't kill him again. Impossible. You can see him.
"H-Hello," he stutters.
You walk forward, towards the man as if you are in a trance. "I'm Y/N," you offer him an amicable smile.
Seokjin watches as you study his face, your own lips stretching wide as you greet him cordially. Y/N... The name sits comfortably in his head.
"Y/N..." Your name falls off his lips so naturally. You smile at him, nodding. "W-Well, I-I... I'm Seokjin..." he manages to say.
You haven't gained back your lost weight and your cheeks look even more hollowed out than before. But there's a sparkling glint in your eyes that you used to have.
Before he can even stop himself, Seokjin holds out his hand, making his palm face you. You giggle, placing the palm of your own hand against his.
Seokjin can't seem to breathe.
Your hand would've slot perfectly in his if he grasped it. But he can't bring himself to. The two of you stay with your palms touching and staring at each other's faces in silence.
It's then when Seokjin realizes you've become just like him.
If he had moved his hand just a little more forward, it would've gone right through yours. Seokjin doesn't know if you know yet... He can only hope that he doesn't have to break it upon you.
Your face is relaxed and your lips are parted just slightly. Then Seokjin notices the tears dripping down your face. When they hit the ground, they disappear. You don't seem to notice.
Seokjin bites his lip, wondering if he should say something—if he should welcome you to a new kind of life.
But you shake your head, smiling. "I apologize," you manage to speak. "I... don't know what's come over me."
"It's quite all right," Seokjin says. He means it. He'll cherish every second every moment he'll spend with you now. His heart is still but he can physically feel it beating loudly in his chest. He'll make sure the two of you are never lonely again.
You laugh politely. "Thank you..." you breathe. "I just..." You trail off, wiping your tears away with the back of your hand. "You just seem so familiar."
—masterpost
—masterlist
#ficswithluv#btswritersnet#btswriterscollective#bangtanfairygarden#btswritingcafe#seokjin#jin#kim seokjin#jin imagine#jin fanfic#jin fanfiction#bts#bts fanfiction#appetence#i am TERRIFIED of ghosts#but i mean if seokjin were one#he can hit me up asap 👀👀
47 notes
·
View notes
Text
Don’t be afraid of the dark
Genre | Supernatural AU, Witch/Warlock AU, slight angst, slight fluff
Pairing | platonic Min Yoongi | Kim Namjoon
Summary | The Empyrean Academy for gifted young men finally opens its doors after the tragic accident of 85. A new coven is formed as six new warlocks now call the academy home. But as one gifted individual finds out, someone already resides in this great house. But after 35 years, is this his home, or his prison?
Warnings | Mentions of death, brief descriptions of violence, brief descriptions of gore and wounds, descriptions of occult stuff? Implied member x member
Authors Note | Im SSSSOO glad to finally be writing something! Ive been in such a rut with creativity but Im so glad to get this out! This is my first member x member fic Ive written please be gentle!
This reads a lot from Namjoons side of things but does switch to Yoongi more throughout!!
The Empyrean Academy, once the home of a great and powerful coven, now stood frozen and abandoned. The magical enchantments on the place made it as though no time had passed since it closed its doors. The rooms, still immaculate and not a speck of dust anywhere. The light still shone through the transparent white curtains and the dark wood flooring still looked freshly polished. Indeed it was as though no one ever left. But sadly, this was not the case. The once great house closed its doors back in 1985, 35 years to the day. The enchantments in place were powerful to say the least, no pesky squatters could enter, nor robbers nor locksmith could find their way inside. But while no one can enter, nor can anyone leave. And for one soul, this is a gift as well as a curse. Only with the emergence of a new coven would the academy open its doors again. But is our friend ready and willing to share the only home he’s known since afterlife…
12,146, twelve thousand. one hundred. and sixty two days…to the day… how time flies when you have no need to keep note of it anymore. A hand gently brushes the ivory keys of the grand piano situated in the portrait room. He contemplates the melodies his hands remember, anything to block out the unbearable silence.
Min Yoongi sat on the bench, his eyes dully reading over the sheet music, each one a beautiful melody, but overplayed. He only had himself to blame, spending so much time at that damned piano has left him growing bored of one of the few things he took joy in during his life. But 35 years has started to chip away at him, making him unable to think of a melody to key. It was always the same, he would wander through the house, he would read the books, he would light the candles, play the piano, and every single day since he died, he would repeat the now tedious activities. He never felt hungry, he never grew tired. But everyday would end up the same.
No one knows what happens to you when you die, no one in this big blue world knows what awaits you on the other side, and had Yoongi known what awaited him, he never would have gotten involved that day. He never would have tried to intervene.
That’s what he likes to tell himself, he tells himself that he should have let them blow themselves up, let them be stuck here for decades with no one but themselves. But he knows he could have never stood by while someone else was in harm’s way, that is not the way of the coven, in this house, we protect our own. He knew in whatever scenario, he would be there trying to stop things escalating to a shit show like before. His mother had always said he was too nice. Even if his face didn’t always register his kindness.
He missed her. His mother, god only knows how she reacted to the news of his death. He missed talking to her over the phone about classes and what he had been learning, he missed her letters,the swirl of her handwriting telling him how much she misses her boy, the way the pages would smell like her perfume, reminding him of her. The letters he still had were so old now, the scent had dissipated and he now only remembered it in his memory, ivory soap and lily of the valley. It’s a scent that reminds him of home. A home he can never go back to. This place was his home now. His tomb. The dorm room he once shared with friends now is a place for him to wallow in his memories as he watches the days turn to night, a cycle that repeats itself in his endless eternity.
The day Kim Namjoon found out about his gifts, he had accidentally set the curtains of his family home on fire. He had been terrified of what had happened, unable to explain it. It wasn’t until his mother sat him down and revealed her family secret, the gift of the craft that had skipped her generation, he finally understood. It was odd to say the least, he still didn’t fully believe that he was a descendant of a powerful witch, and he had manifested one of many gifts their line was known for having. It wasn’t until his mother explained that she had made a call to an old friend, and he would be going to a private academy to learn how to control his powers that it all became real. He didn’t know how to feel, on one hand, he would be leaving his whole life behind, but he would be learning how to harness his powers to control them, and hopefully not set fire to anything anymore. He just hoped the people there were willing to help him. And he prayed there was at least a lunch lady, curtains weren’t the only thing he’s accidentally set on fire…
The trip down to Peninsula Bay was long, 5 hours in a crowded bus with no stops, his legs were numb and his back arched slightly. It wasn’t all bad however, the man escorting him had introduced him to two students who would be joining him in his schooling. One was a young man, younger than himself, named Jeon Jungkook, he was welcoming, he had a nice smile that set Namjoon at ease ever so slightly, The boy was dressed in all black and had combat boots that could crush your windpipe, a complete 180 from his personality. The other young man, his name was Jung Hoseok, his smile was even bigger than Jungkooks, eyes crinkled with how wide he smiled. He was a ball of energy, his blonde hair like the sun and his clothes were all bright summery tones and double denim, not what you would expect a warlock to dress in, but then again, Namjoons shirt had flowers on… were warlocks supposed to dress a certain way? if so, Jungkook didn’t have to worry at least.
They made their way off the bus to be greeted by their new governess, Mrs Song, wife to the supreme warlock of this new coven, A welcoming woman but she had an aura of power that made it clear she was to be listened to. She led the three men into another car that took them up a steep hill, the sea seemed to go on forever and stretch further the more they travelled. The car arrived at the gates of a beautiful white stone mansion, The Empyrean Academy, Empyrean meaning the highest part of heaven as Namjoon recalled, no one would bother them up here, convenient given what was to be going on inside.
It had taken a while for the other student to arrive, to Namjoons surprise there were only six of them in total. The other three names he learnt were Kim Seokjin, he was the oldest of the lot,Park Jimin and Kim Taehyung knew each other before coming to the academy, both coming from families that actively practised their craft, Namjoon could see the bond the two shared. They were led inside my Mrs Song, after reciting an enchantment that made the wind pick up, and the gates creak open on their own. The dead leaves of the autumn swept themselves from the driveway and the doors to the house unlocked themselves. The boys were given a quick tour of the house, it was so beautiful. Namjoon could see himself sitting by the windows in the sunlight, his potential new study spot.
It didn’t take long for the boys to each pick a room, Mrs Song had mentioned the rooms used to house up to 3 boys each back in the day, but since the numbers had dropped to 6 they could decide to share or have their own space, Namjoon found it not surprising at all that Jimin and Taehyungs rooms were next door to each other. Jungkooks room was down the hall from Jins, Hoseok had chosen the room right across from Jimins, which meant that Namjoon was left to decide between two more rooms on this wing, he made the decision for the room closest to the stairs,heading to open it. The door opened ever so slightly before it was slammed closed again. Oddly, he found himself unable to open the door, he felt as though someone was holding the handle on the other end, it wouldn’t even budge. Mrs Song had reappeared in this time and watched the small struggle unfold.
“Id pick another room Namjoon. That room has too many bad memories you see.” There was something in her eyes, something that looked almost sad. She waved her hand and the other room’s door opened for him, and then she was down the stairs and he could see her heading into a large room, her office perhaps.
Namjoon let go of the handle, he had a feeling, an odd feeling. He Felt like there was something inside that room. Something that didn’t want anyone to enter.
Indeed there was something on the other side of the door, and he didn’t at all feel like sharing his room. Not with all his things being still here, the last thing he wants is some nosy new student rifling through his belongings. Yoongi may have lost his powers of the craft when he died, but being a spirit bound to the house you died in gave you some abilities, abilities he would put to use. He’s been here 37 years, now he finally had some company, but when you’ve been alone for so long, new arrivals can be jarring. He would hide out in his room for now, sure they couldn’t see him unless he wanted them too, but he would scope them out when he was ready.
The boys had settled nicely into the academy in the weeks that passed. Namjoon had found himself becoming fast friends with the whole group, he grew close with them all, Jin he was particularly fond of, Namjoon swears to himself it’s not just because Jin can cook, but it is a heavy factor for him.
The boys each had their own special talents, Jin was gifted in a herbology, gifted with botanical magic, he would often be seen in the greenhouse or the kitchen cooking up all sorts of smelly things.. Jungkook, the youngest of the group, was developing his gifts of divination and clairvoyance, he could read objects and people enough to know something about w said person. He was also interested in the world of spirit contacting, liking to read tarot cards and scoping out the veil. Hoseok and Jimin seemed to share the most gifts with each other, their favourite pastime was seeing who could levitate the most stuff, a lot of broken or smashed things to the bemusement of Mrs Song and Taehyung, who would spend this time sharpening his transmutation powers, Taehyung would always catch the others by surprise by flitting from one room to another, many times he’s heard Jin cry out in surprise, and Jimin and Jungkook laughing hysterically.
Namjoon had also started developing his powers, his pyrokinesis had come a long way in just a few weeks, no more setting curtains afire. He had learnt enough control over his fire powers to understand his power surges were brought on by stress and anger. Namjoon could understand why, at the time of the curtain accident he was under a lot of academic stress with college entry exams. Just as well he set them on fire, in truth, he’s never felt more at home. The others were his home away from home.
But with all this comfort Namjoon felt, his mind couldn’t help but go back to the locked room. Jungkook had asked him one night if he felt anything weird about that room. He looked like he knew something but if he did, he was keeping it quiet for now. Namjoon had explored quotes around the house during his stay, he had found a door in the wall in the living room,and stumbled upon the portrait room in the east wing. The walls were decorated with portraits of all the former supreme warlocks, but there was one he found out of place. It was smaller than the others, and instead of being hung on the walls, it was framed and sat upon the grand piano.
The portrait was of a young man no younger than him, his hair was neat, while his uniform was black and pristine looking, it looked dated. Namjoon looked at the plaque below and read the name Min Yoongi - 1958 - 1985. Twenty seven when he died. This was an old photo, but then Namjoon had thought. 1985. This was the year the academy shut its doors right? Was this man connected with it somehow? Namjoon had so many questions about the academy, it was in his nature to be curious.
Yoongi had eventually come out of his room, shifting from one room to the next, he had observed each of the new students, and so far he didn’t see anything that would cause him to be weary. He would often watch the group during their lessons, following along with what Mrs Song was teaching them, he was surprised to see the curriculum had changed. No more dark magic history lessons it would seem.
`Good. Maybe things will turn out differently for this coven.` He couldn’t help but think.
He wouldn’t admit it, but the boys were growing on him. He often had a chuckle to himself overhearing their conversations or observing their antics. But there were two of the men he wasn’t sure of. The first was the youngest one, he learned his name was Jungkook, he found himself tiptoeing around this kid.
Yes this `kid` was 22, but had yoongi lived, he would be 62, everyone of these guys were `kids` or `Young men` in his eyes.
Jungkook always seemed to get off feelings whenever Yoongi had appeared around him, obviously he couldn’t see him. But it seemed this warlock had an affinity for sensing when spirits were near, even if he didn’t fully understand the depth his powers yet, Yoongi would catch The kid looking up to where Yoongi situated himself, with a gaze so intense that Yoongi often wondered if he could in fact see him, but he knew he couldn’t if he didn’t want the kid to.
The second was the blonde that tried to get into his room the first day, Namjoon. He had observed this one the most. He was a curious one. He had spent a lot of time in the library, studying anything and everything. Yoongi had to stop himself playing tricks on the man by making books slide off the shelf, most of these books are older than the house and he wouldn’t risk damaging such an old relic.
He found himself hovering around Namjoon more than the others. It was interesting to see the man looking into the house, most students just focused on their powers. But Namjoon went searching all over the house for all its hidden mysteries, He could relate, he remembered the hidden room in the back of the greenhouse he stumbled upon with his roommates back in the day, there was nothing in it. But the thought of more hidden spaces in the house made Yoongi shiver. The thought of unlocking hidden places excited him.
He had followed Namjoon into the portrait room, he would spend so many hours in here playing the piano, his own portrait staring at him. He watched Namjoon observe his portrait, a curious look on his face, his thumb brushing the name plaque gingerly.
Yoongi didn’t know what compelled him, he felt himself materialising before he could reason with himself not to be an idiot.
`Not my best look, but they got my face in a good light at least`
He never saw someone jump up so quickly.
`JESUS, w-what`
`what, you never seen a ghost before…` Yoongi felt like an idiot, he hadn’t spoken to anyone in 35 years, his tone wasn’t exactly welcoming.
`a-a ghost, wait, your, your, your a`
`Dead guy? yeah…
There was a long silence, Yoongi could practically hear Namjoons heart beating out of his chest. What the hell should he say now…
`so, you were a student here back in 1985?`
`Yeah, me and twenty other students, it was so different back then, I’ve told you this already.`
`I know, I’m just thinking, your pretty old now, you must think its all new to you, the laptops, phones… we don’t ride broomsticks anymore haha`
Yoongi gave a deadpanned look to the man laying on the bed besides him, the hint of a smirk evident on his lips. In the past week he and Namjoon have spoken a number of times with each other. It was nice to talk to someone again. He honestly thought Namjoon would run a mile after seeing him, but as surprising as it was, he remained with him. Namjoon had calmed himself, figuring that, if witches and warlocks were real, why not ghosts. That’s what Yoongi liked about talking with Namjoon, he liked that he was openly curious about things. Namjoon would listen to Yoongi talk for hours about his life way back when, and Yoongi craved all the attention he was getting from the man after decades of solitude.
He hadn’t revealed himself to the other students yet, he wouldn’t admit it to himself, but he just wanted to sit with Namjoon, he did other things to give the others a hint he was there, he would open doors for the others when they had their hands full of books, or he would leave relevant books on the tables in the library whenever they needed to research something important. Of course none had caught on yet, thinking it was one of the other students, but Namjoon had mentioned that Jungkook often stared at him with an off look in his eye, not bad nor good, it was like he knew, but didn’t elude to anything. Given his abilities, Yoongi wouldn’t be surprised.
Namjoon didn’t jump at telling anyone yet either, he knew that Yoongi had been alone for years, and while he had told Namjoon his story, he had kept some things hidden, his death was something Namjoon was eager to learn about. Morbid yes, he had learnt from Mrs Song that a student had died and two others had been injured years back and the details were kept secret, but there whispers that dark magic was surrounding the young man’s mysterious death. Namjoon had pieced together that Yoongi was the Man in question, and when he questioned Yoongi about what happened, Yoongi had clammed up, nervous almost.
`It’s not something you need to know about, drop it please?`
Namjoon had not brought it up again, it clearly upset Yoongi and he didn’t want that. He wanted Yoongi to know he can trust him. He let Namjoon into his room, eventually. The others had gone out for a trip into the town down the cliff, a chance to get out for a while. Namjoon decided to stay behind, wanting to catch up on his reading, that’s what he said. In truth, he just didn’t want to leave Yoongi inside the house alone, he’d been alone enough. Namjoon had wandered through the house searching for the ghost, and when he didn’t find him in his usual haunts, he had thought of the one place he hadn’t checked.
He was hesitant to knock on the door, he knew Yoongi now only shut himself in his room when he was particularly down and didn’t want to be bothered. He rapped softly on the door, his voice finally coming to him.
`Yoongi, are you alright?`
Nothing. No answer.
`I just want to know your alright… If you don’t want to talk that’s fine…`
He waited a couple of seconds, before deciding to leave him alone, when the handle clicked, and the door slowly creaked open. Namjoon hesitated before stepping over the threshold. He didn’t know what he expected, but the room was almost like his own, the curtains were still immaculately white, the bookcase and desk were riddled with all kinds of books, the beds were perfectly made and the clothes in the closet were neatly folded. Namjoon also noted the other furniture in the room, two empty beds, two empty closets.
He approached Yoongi, who was sitting on the window ledge looking out of the window that overlooked the sea, in his hands was a photo frame. Namjoon sat by his feet, Yoongi looked deep in his own thoughts that Namjoon thought he didn’t notice him, but he let him into the room.
He didn’t speak, he waited for Yoongi to open up to him, he let him in for a reason, he just knew it.
` Do you ever think about what would have happened if you decided something different.`
`sometimes`
`I find myself thinking more and more about what would have happened in my life if things worked out differently… I would be 63 today if i was alive. I’d probably have been teaching you and the others in this coven.
His eyes didn’t leave the sea, his head pressed against the glass as Namjoon looked out to see the waves crashing on the rocks.
`Yoongi, you’ve never told me. You know, how you died. I know you don’t like talking about it, but it’s pretty obvious it was what you were thinking about…`
Yoongi’s eyes downcast to the photo in his hands, and then to Namjoon. He held out the photo frame for Namjoon to take, He saw the photograph, it was Yoongi, and two other young men at a bar, they looked happy, these must have been his roommates.
`they were my best friends, we all came to the academy together.`
`Are they, were they involved?`
`yes, and no… it was, something else.
`something, else?`
Yoongi sighed, he sat straighter now, his legs crossed and he rubbed his face with his face.
`It was something dark. My roommates, they had been looking at some dark stuff, black magic and conjuring spells. Our coven had been under attack back then, witch hunters.`
`witch hunters?`
`yeah, they were nothing but persistent, no one got hurt but it was getting worse and worse by the day. They wanted to conjure a protection spell that would ward the house against the hunters. When I was alive, my gifts were a lot like your friend, Jungkooks, I had an ability to see into the veil, to see spirits and commune with them. My friends found if they could channel me and my power, they would be able to conjure a protective spirit. But I saw the books they were reading, there was no certainty that the spirit that would come through would have been a good one.`
Yoongi had gotten up by now and got a book from the shelf, he opened the book and handed it to Namjoon.
`This, this is dark stuff, where did they even get this book.`
`The coven used to teach dark magic and its history back in my day, a way to make us aware of the danger, fat lot of god it did right? I told my friends they were getting into some dark stuff but I didn’t want to leave them, if something went wrong they would need someone versed in magic of the veil to help.`
Yoongi sat down near Namjoon, their knees touching as Namjoon listened to every word with sympathy.
`what happened.`
`The spirit they conjured, it was anything but good. It attacked one of my friends, He didn’t even have time to defend himself. We tried to send it back but it kept getting more aggressive. I used my powers to look through the veil and see what it was… it was the most terrifying thing I’ve ever seen. I’ve never felt a spirit that dark before, a black heart surrounded with occult magic… but I knew what I had to do, being versed in the veil, I knew I could send it back, but when I tried to force it through the veil, it attacked me, it let the others go, but, I guess I wasn’t lucky….`
Namjoon could see Yoongi shaking slightly, his smile was undermined by his eyes watering. Namjoon couldn’t imagine what Yoongi had seen that night, but it clearly left him fearful, even decades later. He hesitantly wrapped his arms around the shaking spirit. Yoongi takes a breath and continues.
`By the time it was forced back through the veil, that thing did enough damage to me to make me bleed out, the others tried to stop the bleeding and get help, but by the time the supreme came running in, I was already standing over my body. I knew I had died. My friends said nothing, they knew how the coven viewed dark magic and conjuring, they would have been blamed for my death, and exiled from the coven completely. They told our supreme that I conjured it.`
That was a surprise he hadn’t seen coming. Yoongi’s best friends had blamed their dead friend?! Namjoon would never meet them, and he was almost glad he never would. His blood boiled at the thought of friends betraying someone whose death they caused.
Eventually the blood was cleaned up and the room was closed up, they said my things were probably riddled with black magic, and best to shut the room up and let it be forgotten. I saved my best friends, I died for them, and they blamed their stupidity on me, that hurts you know. I just tried to keep them safe.`
Yoongi had broken down at this point, he didn’t know he could cry this much being dead, his retelling the events had caused the phantom wounds to itch, by the time the whole ghastly event was finished, his chest was ripped up, the scratches inflicted upon his arms and legs had nicked an artery, He remembered every tear of his flesh and the sticky warm liquid soaking his shirt. And when it was all over, when the supreme listened to his so called friends retelling of events, he felt his ghostly heart break.
Namjoon didn’t say anything right away, but held Yoongi, what could he say? He had no idea Yoongi’s death would have been shrouded with deceit and betrayal. Yoongi was a gentle soul, he died protecting his friends, and they spat in his face. Namjoon held Yoongi and let him cry as much as he needed to. He ran his hand through Yoongi’s hair, a small comfort to the spirit. Night had fallen without other noticing, and Namjoon still held Yoongi, the only light in the room was the candles Namjoon had lit. In spite of his little breakdown, Yoongi now felt calm, he almost felt at peace. It was Namjoon, he was comforting. The most comfort he’s felt In years.
#btsbookclub#hyunglinenetwork#ARMYsource#bangtanarmynet#bts#bts fanfiction#bts fic#bts au#bts witch au#bts ghost au#min yoongi#min yoongi fanfic#kim namjoon#kim namjoon fanfic#namjoon x yoongi#yoongi x namjoon#fanfic#fanfiction
16 notes
·
View notes
Text
bts as forms of water
kim seokjin is the heat of a hot spring open to the cool of an autumn night; the steam curling around you, cloaking you in a comforting warmth that sinks six miles deep.
min yoongi is the mesmerizing pull of a maelstrom, born from the collision of opposing currents yet yielding to none; its truth drowned by tales of turbulence and treachery.
jung hoseok is the exhilarating rush of a waterfall: too swift, too spirited to be contained in ice; too sure, too stubborn to be defied (though winter tries every year, all the same).
kim namjoon is the infinite expanse of the ocean at sunrise, softly kissed by a myriad of marigold hues; its depths, unknowable and unconquerable to all but itself.
park jimin is the sparkling dew of a spring day’s dawn, clinging to every blade of grass, every budding leaf; lingering over every little second until it must surrender to the sun.
kim taehyung is the vibrance of a rock pool: shallow at first glance but containing a universe within, with every change of the tide an ode to the sweetness of fleetingness.
jeon jungkook is the refreshing spray and splash of a fountain on a scorching midsummer day; backed not by the formality of color and sound, but by your delight - your euphoria.
bts as types of fire
for @wintermyths, two (maybe three) years late.
#bts#bangtan#kim seokjin#min yoongi#jung hoseok#kim namjoon#park jimin#kim taehyung#jeon jungkook#jin#suga#jhope#rm#jimin#v#jungkook#IT'S DONE. I'M FINALLY FREE.
16 notes
·
View notes
Text
Besos Navideños
♡ pairing: Ex-boyfriend!Taehyung x f. reader
♡ genre: exes to lovers, best friend's brother, Christmas au, smut [18+], and side pairing Jikook and Sope
♡ summary: A Christmas wedding, a house full of childhood friends, and an ex-boyfriend. What could possibly go wrong? Dread fills you the moment you're back in town for Alea's wedding, and not even your best friend, Hoseok, can cheer you up with his rendition of Christmas carols on the ride home. After a messy breakup, seeing your ex, Taehyung, flares up your fight-or-flight response. Will you two be able to keep it cordial, or will this wedding turn into an absolute disaster?
♡ wc: 25k
♡ warnings: angst with a happy ending, cursing, alcohol use/mention (keg stands included), ex-boyfriend!taehyung, oc has a nickname she hates loves (barbie/barbie doll), pet names (doll, baby, babe, darling, sweetie, honey), references to Barbie Girl by Aqua, mentions of parent death (oc's mom), grief, strained relationship with oc's father (that later improves), jealousy, jimin sits in oc's lap, mentions of anxiety, food/food mention (food used as comfort in one scene), oc (accidentally} punches tae in the face after waking her up, blood mention from punch, oral sex (f. receiving), fingering (f. receiving), marking (scratching, biting, hickeys), unprotected sex, creampie, misunderstandings, implied public-sex
♡ a/n: was not expecting for this fic to be so long but i did split it into sections to make it easier to read. I hope you enjoy it and i'd love to hear from you here ♡
♡ date: December 25, 2022
SATURDAY DECEMBER 18
“Just hear those sleigh bells jingle-ing, ring ting tingle-ing too!” Hoseok sings at the top of his lungs, both hands on the steering wheel as he keeps his eyes focused on the road ahead of him while a Christmas carol blasts from the stereo.
“God,” you groan as you sit up on your seat, adjusting your seat belt and placing your elbow on the door. Outside, you’re passing familiar neighborhoods from your childhood covered in last night’s snow that’s already melting in the afternoon late autumn sun.
“Outside the snow is falling and friends are calling ‘YOO-HOO’!” Hoseok continues as if he hadn’t heard you, unbothered by your grumpiness.
By the third, belting of giddy-yap, you’re turning down the music. Immediately, Hoseok whips his head in your direction. An icy glare is sent your way.
“Don’t touch the music,” he huffs, turning back to the road as his fingers tap the wheel, humming along to the song. He’d be damned if you killed his Christmas spirit before the holiday even arrived.
“Why am I being tortured? Couldn’t anyone else pick me up from the airport?” you ask as you cross your arms over your chest.
“Ah, ah! No ungratefulness in my car!” Hoseok wags his finger in your direction.
“It’s Alea’s car,” you retort.
Hoseok purposely ignores you. “Besides, I volunteered.”
Pfft.
“Sure,” you roll your eyes. You had to fly out a day after Hoseok because of some last-minute project your incompetent boss had deleted in a drunken stupor at the Christmas party.
“Okay, it’s not volunteering when nobody else wants to come to get you, but here I am! Yoo-hoo!” Hoseok sings as he bops his head and you groan internally.
Of course, nobody wanted to do an airport run so close to the holidays. You couldn’t even be mad, to be honest. You’re grateful Hoseok showed up.
“Fair,” you sigh. “How’s Alea? Seokjin?”
“The lovely couple is running around like chickens with their heads cut off. Fuck, I hate that expression. You’re the last to arrive, actually.” Hoseok informs you as he comes to a stop at a four-way before turning left. The houses on this road are quiet, snow melting on the driveways, old salt staining the sidewalks. Christmas decorations grow more and more extravagant until you spot Alea’s house and then your family home beside it, decorated beautifully.
“Home sweet home,” Hoseok sings as he turns the music off and then the car once he parks in Alea’s driveway behind her parents’ car. He turns to look at you, his finger hitting the button to release his seatbelt.
“You gonna be okay?” Hoseok questions hesitantly. He bites his bottom lip harder than he means to, but his concern is clear as he straightens his face. His obnoxious singing may have been an attempt at a distraction but now you’re faced with not only your childhood home but your childhood love, who happens to be your best friend’s brother, and it would be unrealistic to not expect him home for his sister’s wedding.
“Yeah,” you lie quickly. You curse yourself out, reminding yourself to talk slower to appear more honest, but it’s Hoseok, your best friend and roommate, that knows all your tells. You can’t lie. You can’t even think about lying without him seeing right through you.
Just like clockwork, Hoseok raises a brow, head turned to the side as he takes in your expression and body language. He looks you in the eyes, eyesight only moving to your nose to see your nostrils flaring and he clicks his tongue.
“You’re lying, but you’re trying your best. I can see your nostrils flaring when you lie, but I’ll give you a pass. It’s the holidays and we’re back in town. I’m sure we’re not the only ones dreading it. My family alone is already asking when I’ll be getting married and why we haven’t considered dating already.” he rolls his eyes at the last statement.
“What’s wrong with dating me?” you ask, feigning offense.
Hobi won’t go for it, flipping you off. “Please, you wouldn’t be able to handle me, love.”
“You got that right,” you mutter under your breath.
“You know what?!” Hoseok shouts as he gets out of the car. “Get your own suitcase, then!”
You laugh as you stumble out of the front seat with your purse, giggling as you round the car, not hearing the front door of Alea’s home open.
“I knew you two fuckers were out here!” Yoongi calls as he runs down the front steps and down the driveway toward you.
You’re scooped into a giant bear hug from your friend, squeezed until you’re uttering your lack of breath before he releases you.
“Nice to see you too,” you scoff, but pull Yoongi in for a second hug. You’d missed him.
“Is that my Barbie Doll?” a familiar voice calls from the door and you cringe at the childhood nickname bestowed upon you in elementary school. You thought you’d left it behind, but here was Alea’s mom, Minsu, shouting it for all the neighborhood to hear.
You adored the woman like a second mom, but boy did her voice carry and did she make it her goal to embarrass you and her three children.
“Mrs. Kim!” you greet as you shove Yoongi to the side, meeting her halfway and hugging her tightly. She was a tad bit shorter than you but definitely stronger as she nearly picked you off the ground.
“Mom! You’ll hurt your back again!” Comes a voice you haven’t heard in ages. Your heart stops for a moment, heart fluttering in your chest as you’re released from your embrace.
You stop breathing for a moment, freezing in your spot as the love of your life, aka your ex and first love, stands on the doorstep. He looks as gorgeous as ever, which is insanely unfair if you’re being honest. He’s back in town for the wedding when he’d usually be off in Paris or Milan on the runways. Hell, the last time you’d seen him was on the cover of Vogue.
Taehyung’s curly hair is longer than the last time you’d seen him in person, so much longer, and fuck, it’s held back by a grey headband and it’s almost enough to make you drool. From strolling the runways to standing right in front of you, Kim Taehyung is ethereal even in his white t-shirt and grey sweatpants. You swallow thickly, feeling your face burn as his mother releases you.
Taehyung freezes. Despite knowing of your impending arrival, he wasn’t fully prepared to see you again. He eyes you shamelessly, his pulse racing as he smiles, hands stuffed in the pockets of his sweatpants.
“Hi,” he says with a subtle shrug.
“Hey,” you respond with a small wave before his mom is ushering you up the driveway toward her home, calling for Yoongi and Taehyung to grab your belongings, assuring you that your dad will stop by after work but you’re more than welcome to stay with her family in Alea’s childhood bedroom.
“Oh, I couldn’t!” you protest immediately, but she waves you off.
“Please, do you know how wonderful it is to have all my kids home under the same roof?” Minsu clasps her hands together, smiling widely.
“You might as well,” Hoseok pipes in, taking a seat on a bar stool in the kitchen. “Yoongi and I are already in the guest bedroom in the basement. Seokjin and Joon are in their parents' home. Jungkook is sharing his room with Jimin and Tae’s in his room.”
“Unless you want to stay with your dad,” Mrs. Kim suggests hesitantly, knowing your relationship with your dad was rocky. You two weren’t as close as you’d like to be. After your mother’s passing, your relationship grew strained and your daily phone calls turned monthly and then quarterly until you eventually just sent a text every few months to let him know you were alive.
“I’ll stay here,” you decide, knowing you’ll pop in later tonight to see your father.
Taehyung watches you from the kitchen entryway, exchanging glances with Yoongi, who has had a smile on his face since you arrived. It truly had been ages since the nine of you got together, and the last time you were alone with Taehyung was the night you both got your hearts broken. The thought sours your mood for a second, plastering on a smile as Taehyung’s mom places a bowl of soup in front of you.
“Where is she!” A screech fills the home, and you set your spoon down immediately, rising from your seat and rounding the table just as your best friend, Alea, storms into the kitchen with her arms open to hug you.
“Alea!” you exclaim, welcoming her hug as you wrap your arms around her slim frame. Her long black hair gets in your face and you do your best not to tug it when you squeeze her tighter.
“Will you let her breathe? Damn.” A familiar voice says as they enter the kitchen.
“Fuck off,” Alea groans as she releases you. You take a step back, grinning when you see the youngest of the bunch. Standing in front of you is Jungkook, very different from the last time you’d seen him. He was almost a foot taller, his hair wasn’t in a bowl cut, and he was covered in tattoos.
“Wow!”
“I know, huh?” he grins as he wraps you in a hug, nearly rivaling his sister’s. “I got hot.”
“You’re not the only one,” you giggle as you’re released and pulled into Jimin’s arms.
“I missed you,” he whispers into your hair.
“I missed you too, so much,” you tell him, squeezing him harder before he’s gasping for air dramatically.
“Are you staying with us?” Jungkook asks as he steals your seat. His mom bops him on the head when he lifts your abandoned spoon.
“Mom!”
“Please, you almost ate us out of house and home with your growth spurts. Leave some for Barbie.”
“Barbie?” Jimin sneers. “Is that making a comeback?”
“No! No, it’s not,” you shake your head as the kitchen fills with laughter.
“Come on, Barbs. I’ll get your suitcase to the room,” Hoseok offers, taking your bags as you follow after him with Alea hot on your tail.
~
“It’s so good to have you back,” Alea grins as she squeezes you tightly.
“You act like I’ll disappear if you let me go,” you joke.
“I almost thought you did,” Alea admits softly. “After you and Tae… I didn’t think things would be the same.”
You sigh heavily. “They haven’t been.”
Alea nods, listening attentively as Hoseok keeps watch. He knows he should shut the door to give you some privacy, but he also knows Yoongi would probably head up to join you at any moment.
“It’s my fault,” you say after a moment. “I was heartbroken, and I pulled away. Kept busy so I wouldn’t have time to think about him and life just kept going. I told myself it wasn’t the end of the world, but seeing him just hurt too much. Don’t get me wrong. I’m proud of him. He’s amazing. I just miss him. I miss us.”
Alea exchanges a look with Hoseok, who shakes his head.
“I found you,” Yoongi says as he enters the bedroom, immediately sensing the mood.
“It’s not like we were hiding, you dork,” Alea laughs, rolling her eyes.
“Dork?! I bring the entertainment and I’m the dork?” Yoongi guffaws. “You’re the dork, you’ve still got your boy band posters up.”
“Hey! No dissing my boybands! They got me through some rough shit,” Alea reminds him. Yoongi chuckles, sitting at the end of her large bed.
“Yeah, put me through some shit, too. I still have a scar on my elbow from that time you made me push everyone out of the way for that GA show, and I tripped and fell on the cement. I didn’t need to get sweat on by the lead singer, either.” Yoongi shudders at the memory.
“I would have paid to get sweat on,” you say dreamily.
“You’re fucking disgusting,” Hoseok shakes his head in disappointment before smirking. “But same.”
“Something’s wrong with y’all,” Yoongi clicks his tongue as Alea moves your suitcase to her closet.
“Anyway, there’s a ton to do! I thought I’d be able to relax days before my wedding, but everything just seems to go wrong.”
“What’s gone wrong?” you ask curiously.
“Seokjin’s suit came in and it was too big, so it’s being altered. Which is why he’s not here yet. My shoes arrived and they’re in eggshell, not ivory, and I keep getting zits,” Alea whines. “But it’s fine. It’s fine. Everything will be fine.”
“Are you saying that to us or to yourself?” you ask with a tiny smile.
“I’m speaking it into existence,” Alea responds, with her hands on her hips. “I need everything to be perfect.”
“Maybe you should tell the band of troublemakers down the hall?” Hoseok suggests. Yoongi nods in agreement.
“Oh, I have. Why do think Tae and Kook are on their best behavior?”
“That’s their best behavior?” Yoongi asks, appalled.
You laugh. “I’ll help to wrangle them in, but I mean, we’re not teens anymore. I’m sure they’re much easier to handle now.”
“They can drink now, and Jimin has a bottomless stomach when it comes to alcohol,” Yoongi informs you.
“Well, shit.”
~
The rest of the afternoon flies by smoothly until sunset when you excuse yourself at dinner. Minsu hesitates, not wanting to keep you from your father, but knowing your relationship was rocky at best.
“I’ll be fine, mom,” you insist when Minsu lingers at the doorway.
“Come here if you need to. I’ll send Tae or one of the boys to get you,” Minsu assures you, and you hug her tightly. Taehyung nods in agreement, along with Yoongi and Hoseok.
You agree, trudging out the front door toward your childhood home. The porch light is on and your father’s car sits in the driveway. You’re not sure if you should knock or ring the doorbell but thanks to his camera, he’s at the door before you have to decide.
“Hi,” he says as he pulls the door open, allowing you entry into his home. You hug him once you cross the threshold, hoping the evening won’t be too awkward.
~
“Who stole all the hot water?!” Alea is screeching when you enter the hallway upstairs. You press yourself against the wall as she runs past in her robe with a slipper in her hand. Down the hall you can hear Jungkook giggling, saying something about needing a steam before bed.
“Hey?” Taehyung greets you curiously as you accidentally end up in his doorway trying to avoid Alea and Jungkook as they run past. Alea’s threatening to put Jungkook in a headlock and he’s goading her as the home fills with laughter and Minsu’s shouts about putting them in time-out. Taehyung’s father, Haejin, chuckles as he wraps an arm around his wife’s shoulders, kissing her cheek. “Doesn’t this remind you of old times?”
“Hey,” you clear your throat, wishing the ground would open up and swallow you whole. “What’s up?”
“You’re in my room,” he laughs. “Shouldn’t I be asking you that?”
“Uh…” you look down at your feet, cursing yourself for not paying more attention. Though being fair, your evening with your father had been emotionally draining, and you wanted to shower and get in bed. You needed to process the last two hours, and just sleep. You’ve had a long day after all.
“Sorry, I was trying to avoid the Kim Skirmish in the hall,” you shrug. You look around his bedroom, flashes of your past coming to the forefront of your mind. He still has the bedsheets from long ago, bedsheets you slept in, kissed him in, and… your cheeks flush with heat at the memory.
“‘S no big deal,” he clears his throat, suddenly feeling awkward as you linger by the doorway. Back then, you would have taken reign over his king-sized bed, demanding he put your favorite show on the TV, only for you to fall asleep before the opening credits even finished.
Taehyung sits at his desk, the same old desk he used back in high school to study, and the desk that he used to seal his fate when he sent out his portfolio and eventually got hired for all the magazines that took him away from you. You sour at the thought, your gaze moving to his walls instead, most covered in old video game release posters and a few scattered photos of your adolescence, with your friends smiling and hugging each other tightly. Your heart cinches at the thought. You used to be so close and now… now you were wishing you were anywhere else but here.
“I should go,” you turn on your heel.
“No one’s stopping you,” Taehyung whispers. His words cut like a knife, your body immediately shutting down, your hand gripping the wall to hold yourself up.
You look over your shoulder at Taehyung, blinking back the tears that threaten to spill. The burn is almost too much. Your throat tightens and you swallow the knot in it. That was a low blow, and he knew it. Those were the last words the two of you exchanged all those years ago.
For a split second, upon noting the glisten of your unshed tears, Taehyung feels guilty. He bites his bottom lip, almost wanting to apologize, but your face hardens, and your glare sends a shiver down his spine.
“Goodbye, Taehyung.”
~
“Fuck,” Hoseok says after a minute of complete silence. A record for your best friend.
You had just finished recounting your evening with your father and your brief encounter with Taehyung. You were curled up in his bed; the blanket pulled up to your chest while he sat on the edge.
Yoongi was snoring away in his bed, a few feet away. Thanks to Jungkook taking up all the hot water upstairs, you were left to shower in Yoongi and Hoseok’s bathroom, deciding to fill Hobi in on your evening whilst you were there. The two of you were whispering, not wanting to wake up Yoongi, who had threatened to pour cold water on you in the morning if he was woken from his beauty sleep. Ha. As if he weren’t already drop-dead gorgeous with the face of an angel.
“What am I even doing here, Hobi?” you sigh. “This was a mistake.”
“None of that.” Hoseok waves your negative words away. “Our best friend is getting married. You’re her maid of honor, and you can’t let Taehyung ruin this for the both of you. He’s my friend too, but fuck, you’d think he’d be able to set shit aside for his sister’s wedding? Maybe he hasn’t matured.”
“I want to be here for Alea, but I thought I’d be able to avoid Taehyung altogether. Our conversation just proved there’s still bad blood between us. It sucks though. I wanted to at least be on speaking terms and it’s harder than I thought to just fucking look at him, much less speak to him. I was so heartbroken when he lied about being signed. He waited until the night before he was flying to Paris for a year to tell me. Everyone fucking knew too, and he said nothing. Nothing !”
Hoseok feels his heart sink as tears stream down your cheeks. He rises from his spot and walks over to you, tugging the covers so he can slide in with you. He holds you tight in his arms, rubbing your side. He’s heard all of this before. Hell, he was the one you ran to that night after finding out and the two of you stayed up all night talking and crying it out. It only made sense that he was the one you seek after your encounter. Hoseok has been at your side for years now. The two of you come as a pair to everything. Where there was you, there was Hobi, and vice versa. He was your main support through all this, not only knowing the gang but also has been a part of it.
“Let’s get through the week, okay? You’ve already gotten through today and in less than a week, we can leave all this behind once again. You’ve got this, love. I’ll be at your side every bit you need me, and I’ll make Yoongi come with too,” Hoseok chuckles. A pillow is thrown your way, an agreement of a half-asleep Yoongi in his bed.
“See?” Hoseok laughs. “He’s in agreement. We’ve got this!”
Feeling reassured, you whisper your thanks to both men, snuggling further into Hoseok before he’s wiping your tears. “Get some sleep, Barbs. We’ve got a busy day tomorrow.”
“Please, not the Barbie nickname,” you groan, turning to yawn.
“Come on, Barbie. Let’s go party.”
“I’ll kill you,” you threatened playfully.
“Ooh-whoa.” Hoseok grins, kissing your cheek before wishing you goodnight.
~
Sunday December 19
Taehyung is already grumpy when he’s going down the stairs to the basement. He’s on wake-up duty, unfortunately, thanks to his mother. So far, he’s had a pillow thrown at his face, threatened with bodily harm by Jimin, and cursed out by Alea. He was not looking forward to waking up Yoongi and Hoseok.
When his feet reach the icy tile flooring, he curses as he looks at the two beds. One with Yoongi’s mop of black hair sticking out from under the covers, and the other with you sprawled out like a starfish. The sound of the shower running fills his ears and his face sours.
Had you spent the night with Hoseok? Jealousy bubbles inside him as he takes in the scene before him, and there’s no doubt you’re in Hobi’s bed. Were the two of you a thing? He had grilled Alea, Seokjin, and Jimin for days before your arrival to make sure you were still single. So what was this ? Taehyung felt like he was gonna be sick.
“Good morning!” Hoseok chimes as he comes out of the bathroom shirtless, a pair of gray sweatpants hanging low on his hips as he drapes his towel over his shoulders.
“Morning,” Taehyung grumbles. “Mom sent me to wake everyone for breakfast.”
“Oh? I can wake up our little barbie doll if you get Yoongi,” Hoseok offers to help. Taehyung nods, swallowing thickly.
Hoseok approaches the bed, sitting down beside your sleeping body. He places a hand on your shoulder, slowly shaking you. “Baby? Wake up for me, love. It’s morning.”
Taehyung observes the interaction silently, feeling like he’s intruding.
“Come on, sweet girl. It’s time to wake up. Let me see that beautiful face.” Hoseok whispers and you slowly rouse from your sleep, your hands rubbing the sleep from your eyes, a small smile on your lips.
“Waking up to you is always a treat,” you giggle, throwing your arms over your head to stretch.
Hoseok chuckles, kissing your cheek. “Come on, love. Up and at ‘em. We’ve got a busy day ahead of us. Alea’s got an agenda.”
“I hope she’s got me down for a fat nap later. Your bed is so comfortable,” you sigh dreamily, patting the pillow you slept on.
“You can take my bed tonight too, but for now, we’ve got breakfast waiting for us. Come on,” Hoseok lifts the covers off you, taking your hand to help you out of bed and into your slippers. You run a hand through your hair in an attempt to tame it while Hoseok throws on a t-shirt.
“Oh, Tae! I didn’t even see you,” you say in surprise.
Taehyung is stoic. How would you notice him when Hoseok was beside you, shirtless no less?
“Yeah, I figured. Anyway, mom’s waiting, so you should head up,” Taehyung states coldly before turning his attention to Yoongi. He shakes him awake rather gruffly, heading upstairs when Yoongi peers open an eye.
~
Breakfast is a rather loud affair with Jungkook and Jimin being ready for the day, talking everyone’s ears off while Alea is trying not to fall asleep in her coffee, and Yoongi yawns for the tenth time in thirty seconds.
“We’re taking mom to get her last fitting for her dress. Then we have to pick up a few decor pieces for the hall. Then lunch, then your nap.” Alea rolls her eyes playfully. “Then we’re meeting Namjoon and Seokjin for dinner.”
“I’ll finally get to see them,” you grin, clapping enthusiastically.
“I think we’re the only ones who haven’t seen them,” Hoseok comments from beside you.
“Oh, no,” Minsu frowns. “Should we invite them to lunch as well?”
“Mom, it’s fine. We’ll see them at dinner and Seokjin still has to get Namjoon’s tux fitted,” Alea says before turning to everyone at the table. “Actually, aren’t you all getting your last fittings? I know you sent your measurements but I think you should join Seokjin and Namjoon. Take dad, too.”
“You got it, sis. We’ll meet them there.” Jungkook agrees easily, not wanting Alea to turn into a Bridezilla. So far, they’d been lucky in avoiding her wrath and the fire-spewing from her mouth.
“Best behavior,” Alea reminds him.
“You act like I’m still doing childish things,” Jungkook pouts.
“You had a burping contest last night at dinner,” she deadpans.
“And won !” Jungkook guffaws.
“Anyway,” Taehyung interrupts the brewing of their sibling argument. “We can take my car and Jungkook’s. If there’s anything else you need us to do, sis, just text me.”
Alea tears up. “Leave it to Tae to make everything better.”
Taehyung shrugs. “Just trying to help.”
Alea leaves her seat, pulling Taehyung into a tight hug, her arms around his neck as she squeezes him within an inch of his life. Taehyung gasps for air, laughing when Alea kisses his head and gives him a noogie.
“Alea, no choking your brother at the table,” Haejin scolds as he walks in with the newspaper and a cup of coffee.
“Sorry, daddy!” Alea’s quick to release her younger brother.
“Finish breakfast and we’ll head out,” Minsu instructs, placing a large thermos of coffee in front of Yoongi.
“Ever the angel, mom,” he thanked her, taking a long sip of the hot beverage.
Minsu and Haejin stand beside each other, grinning from ear to ear, both grateful to have their home full once again. All that was missing was Seokjin and Namjoon for their family to be truly complete.
“Finish up, kids. We’ve got a busy day.”
~
“Wow!”
“Mom, you look gorgeous!”
“If you weren’t married-”
“Hoseok, stop right there!” Alea raises her hand, brow raised. “ That is my mother.”
“And she looks smokin’!” Hoseok grins.
You giggle, agreeing with Hoseok’s sentiment. “You look fabulous!”
Minsu looks at her reflection, spinning in the mirror. Her dress is a beautiful lavender with a square neckline and the tiniest bit of shimmer on the lace sleeves to make it more modest for Minsu (at her request) and it was picked out by Alea for the special occasion.
“Let’s see the bride in her dress!” Hoseok suggests. Alea brightens, “Sure, let me get the attendant! We’ll get you in your dress as well.”
Alea grabs your hand as she takes you with her to find the attendant. You hope her excitement becomes contagious. You’re happy to be here for her special day, doing all these things with her, but Taehyung’s words still linger in the forefront of your mind. It dampers your mood.
~
“You two look lovely!” Minsu smiles when you and Alea appear from your dressing rooms. Alea has taken the little stage while you stand near her, hands over your mouth.
“Alea, you look gorgeous! Seokjin might drop dead at the altar,” you smile as you take in her wedding dress. It’s a beautiful ivory silk dress with a sweetheart neckline and thin rhinestone straps. Her waist and thighs are hugged immaculately while the slit on one side draws just enough attention to the heels she’s chosen. A thin silver anklet sits on her delicate skin, and when Alea turns, the letter S is spotted. Cheeky little shit. You’re sure Seokjin will enjoy seeing it in the honeymoon suite.
“You look amazing, too!” Alea gushes as she spots you. Hoseok nods in agreement, lifting his phone to snap a quick picture. He sends it to the group chat, after making sure Alea isn’t in the photo and with her permission.
Immediately, compliments come flooding in, your phone dinging repeatedly while Hoseok cackles.
“You both look hot! Do you have a veil, Lea?” Hoseok asks her.
Alea nods. “Let me get it. Mom, can you help me?”
Minsu and Alea head toward the dressing room while you take a moment to admire your reflection. Hoseok stands behind you.
“You look wonderful, babe. Taehyung’s gonna eat his heart out,” He assures you.
You look at Hobi’s reflection in the mirror. “You think so?”
“I know so. Just look.” Hoseok lifts his phone to the mirror and you turn to face him. On the screen, it’s opened to the group chat. You skim through the compliments, Taehyung’s sticking out the most.
Taehyung [12:31 PM] So beautiful
“I’m sure he just means the dress,” you shrug.
Hoseok clicks his tongue. “When are you going to see yourself as we see you, love? You’re beautiful inside and out. You deserve the world, and whoever will give it to you. Whether it’s Taehyung… or someone else.”
You’re left speechless.
“What do you think?” Alea squeals as she reappears with her veil on.
“Wow!” you gasp, taking her in.
“So are you and Seokjin serious?” Hoseok asks with a wiggle of his brows.
“Hobi, you play too much!” Alea cackles as she spins for the three of you, her laughter music to your ears.
~
Yoongi is unamused as Taehyung steps onto the small stage at the Tuxedo shop. He was a professional model. Of course, he’d look good in a tux.
“You don’t need to pose, Tae. You’re not doing Fashion Week,” Namjoon grumbles, shoving Tae out of the way.
“I have been for the past five years. Thank you very much,” Taehyung smirks as he turns and poses again. Jungkook and Jimin squat down in front of him, snapping pictures left and right, spurring him on.
“Can’t take you three anywhere,” Seokjin sighs as he comes out of the dressing room, doing up his cuffs.
“Please, we bring life to the party,” Jimin snaps. “You’d be bored out of your minds without us.”
“But we’d have silence ,” Yoongi sneers.
“You’re the loudest of them,” Seokjin shakes his head.
“Ooh, incoming photo!” Jungkook announces as he looks at the group chat. He waits for it to load before letting out a low wolf whistle. Jimin looks at his phone from over his shoulder, mimicking his whistle.
“I tell you, if we weren’t already together,” Jimin jokes. Jungkook smiles, nodding in agreement.
“She’s hot,” Jungkook grins.
“What are you on about?” Namjoon asks as he fishes his phone out of his pocket. He, too, whistles upon seeing the image of you in your maid-of-honor dress. “God damn.”
“What are you all going on about?” Taehyung asks, stepping down from the stage, pouting now that the attention is no longer on him.
“Hobi’s pic,” Yoongi answers.
Taehyung takes his phone out of his pants pocket. He opens the chat and is immediately greeted with your photo. You look beautiful. It takes his breath away and Yoongi doesn’t miss the chance to snap a picture of his reaction as proof that something still lingers in his heart for you. Whether or not you believe him.
Everyone turns to Taehyung, and he finally peels his eyes off his phone once he feels the heat of their stares. So much for trying to be inconspicuous.
“What?” Taehyung questions gruffly, his defenses up.
“Are you still in love with her?” Jimin is the only one ballsy enough to ask.
Taehyung scoffs. “Please, when have I not been?”
The room freezes. Nobody was expecting him to actually be honest. Even Namjoon is looking around, gauging everyone’s reaction because there’s no way he easily admitted his true feelings in front of everyone without a second thought.
“Wasn’t expecting that.” Yoongi is the first to speak.
“I think it’s pretty obvious,” Taehyung shrugs. “Besides, I’m not ignorant enough to believe something will come out of it. So why bother lying?”
Jimin, Jungkook, Yoongi, Namjoon, and Seokjin exchange a look. Taehyung ignores them, typing something into the chat before heading back to the dressing room to get changed.
Silence rings loudly.
“I think our suits fit fine,” Namjoon states.
Jimin, Jungkook, and Yoongi nod in agreement. Seokjin looks at his reflection with a nod in agreement as he spins and raises his arms this way and that, making sure his shoulders aren’t constricted. After all, he wants to get out of here just as quickly as everyone else.
Even though Haejin was supposed to join them, he had to pop into the office. Seokjin and Alea would take him in the middle of the week instead. Seokjin is thankful his future father-in-law wasn’t present for this.
“Let’s go to lunch,” Jungkook suggests as he goes into his dressing room. Everyone disperses to get changed back into their own clothes, and almost all of them are surprised to see Taehyung’s text in the chat.
So beautiful.
~
Dinner with the group leads to drinks in the Kims’ basement.
“I still have to work tomorrow,” Seokjin reminds them as he takes a shot.
“Me too,” Namjoon frowns as he downs his second shot. You giggle, shaking your head.
“It’s so nice to be off. Though, going back after the new year is gonna hit hard,” you frown. Why must going back to work cause you so much unease? You couldn’t wait to be strictly working from home once the new year rang in. You were ready to make your own schedules, work on your own time and, most importantly, work for yourself. You would no longer need to be dealing with your incompetent boss. You were ecstatic.
“Please, I have to go before that,” Hobi pouts, downing a shot.
“Let’s not talk about work,” Jimin groans. “We have better things to do!”
“Like what?” Alea asks cautiously.
“Like playing truth or dare!” Jungkook exclaims, raising his glass in the air.
“Isn’t that too childish?” Yoongi asks the group.
“That means he goes first!” Taehyung smirks.
“I hate you guys!” Yoongi huffs.
“While you come up with a dare, Alea and I are gonna make mixed drinks,” you inform them as you rise from your seat between Hoseok and Jimin. Alea nods, talking about what drinks she’s having at the reception as the two of you go up the stairs to the kitchen.
Once upstairs, Alea makes sure the coast is clear before clearing her throat to get your attention. She doesn’t make eye contact. Instead, she focuses her attention on the glass she’s holding, adding ice to it.
“Have you and Tae had time to talk?” she finally asks, biting her lip nervously.
“No?” you respond. “Should we have?”
“No! I was just curious. You know, after the chat,” Alea shrugs as she pours juice into the glass.
“He was just being nice, Lea.”
“I know,” Alea gives in. “I was just hoping there was something else.”
“I wouldn’t get your hopes up,” you say honestly. “Maybe we can talk this week. Be cordial if nothing else. I know we both said some hurtful things, and to be frank, I miss having him as a friend. We used to be so close.”
“I miss it sometimes. He and I still talk often, but rarely out of our Thot Potatoes group chat. I don’t think I’ve had an actual conversation with just him in a long while. I don’t want to bring up bad memories for either of you. The two of you were perfect.”
“I don’t know about perfect.” you bite your lip. “But we were definitely good together.”
Alea nods in agreement. She finishes up making the drinks, asking you to get her a tray before the two of you divvy up the drinks and carefully take them down the stairs into the basement.
It’s absolute chaos when you reach the last step, eyes wide as you take in the scene before you, with Alea at your side.
Somehow, Jungkook and Jimin had procured a keg and had Seokjin doing a keg stand while Yoongi and Hoseok watched in awe and worry. Taehyung was sipping his glass of whiskey, taking it all in and smiling when he spots the two of you.
“I had nothing to do with this,” he smiles with a raise of his glass.
“I call next,” Namjoon raises his hand, waving it about.
“I don’t know what I expected,” Alea laughs, shaking her head as she sets the drinks to the side on a table. You do the same, grabbing one of them and taking a large gulp in a frail attempt to catch up to all your friends.
“I thought we were playing truth or dare?” Alea asks as she sits beside you, mixed drink in her hand. Taehyung shrugs, handing you both shots.
“Jungkook had this stashed here earlier apparently,” Seokjin says once he’s back on his feet and the rest of your friends are lifting Namjoon off of his.
Laughter fills the basement, the atmosphere quickly changing to a more relaxed one, where the tension isn’t cutting into all of you. You finally feel at ease, taking in the smiles of all your friends, and your heart warms. You missed this, missed them, missed being a family. Growing up definitely had its ups and downs, and moving away, though with Hobi, was still a down. You missed being home. Maybe the two of you could consider moving back? After all, you’d be able to work from anywhere in the world. Why not live near your best friends once again?
“You okay, doll?” Yoongi comes to sit at your side, a glass of whiskey in his hand. He’s flushed, his eyes glimmering in a certain way that leaves you wondering what it is he’s thinking about.
“Totally,” you answer, leaning your head on his shoulder. You’ve reached the point of being snuggly-tipsy, wanting to cuddle and hug all your friends, except Taehyung, of course.
“You’re quiet tonight. Something on your mind?” Yoongi swirls his drink, focused on it to make it easier for you to speak without being under the heat of his questioning stare. Like Hoseok, Yoongi knew all your tells, so it was useless to lie to him.
“I just miss being home. Here with everyone,” you answer truthfully. Yoongi clicks his tongue. “We’ve definitely missed having you and Hobi around. Makes times like these more special, though.”
“Maybe it's time we moved back?” Yoongi nods firmly at your words. He wouldn’t make the final decision for you, but if this is how you were feeling (and Hobi had confided in him as well), then who was he to stop either of you?
“What are you all up to?” Jimin asks with a giggle as he plops down on your lap, his arms wrapped around your neck. He’s on the edge of tipsy and full-on drunk, but his smile and his warm hug make you feel safe and comforted.
“Just chatting,” Yoongi responds, raising his glass to his lips for a quick sip. “Didn’t miss your keg stand, though.”
“Ah, are you two up for one? I’ll grab Kook!” Jimin’s eyes sparkle with mischief as he wriggles in your hold trying to escape. You hold him tighter, “No need.”
“You’re no fun,” Jimin sticks his tongue out at you, and you do the same.
“Who’s up for Twister?” Seokjin asks, hoisting the box over his head, not taking no for an answer as he recruits Namjoon and Taehyung with the setup. Hoseok and Jungkook stand in front of each other, a row of shots between them, and when Alea shouts “go!” they down them as quickly as possible.
The three of you watch the madness unfold, laughter loud and contagious as the room comes alive with the warmth and love that you all hold for each other. This could be a regular thing, you think. You could be home for good.
“Come on, already!” Jungkook shouts, waving his hand to rally you up.
Immediately, Jimin is tugging at your hand, grabbing Yoongi on his way to join the others. Last sips of drinks taken from glasses, giggles, and challenges are thrown about as Seokjin grabs the spinner, ignoring the official rules like always and playing each man (or woman) for themselves.
“Oldest to youngest,” he proclaims.
Groans and whispers of unfairness are shouted out, but Seokjin will hear none of it. Seokjin and Alea are up first, followed by Yoongi, Hoseok, You, Namjoon, Jimin, Taehyung, and finally Jungkook.
Jungkook makes a show of shoving his way in and using his strength to rock a few of you. Grumbles and curses are muttered as he settles, pressing a kiss to Jimin’s lips before Seokjin is reaching for the spinner. He flicks it, holding his breath when it stops and the rounds continue until there are only three of you left.
Jungkook and Taehyung are glaring at each other, limbs trembling as you spin and have to move beneath Taehyung. You huff, refusing to give in despite the rest of your friends finding other ways to occupy themselves, some having retreated to bed with grumbles of waking up for work early in the morning.
“Fuck, move,” you growl when your foot hits Taehyung’s. He huffs in response, moving the slightest bit, but Jungkook is trying to stifle a sneeze and it fails as his body is rocked and he collapses.
“No,” he cries in despair, giggling when he swipes his foot and takes Taehyung with him.
“Brat! That’s cheating!” Taehyung frowns as he gets to his feet and you’re left as the winner.
“Finally,” Yoongi scoffs. “It’s time for bed.”
“Come on,” Jimin grabs a hold of Jungkook, leading him up the stairs, their giggles filling the home as they retreat to Jungkook’s bedroom.
Hoseok is already asleep, snoring softly in his bed while Yoongi left to shower.
Alea and Taehyung linger, cleaning up a bit before you’re all heading up the stairs. You wish Taehyung goodnight before helping Alea to bed. She’s tipsy, and a little giggly as she gets ready for bed.
Once Alea is tucked in, she sits up just for a moment. “I’m really glad you’re here.”
“I’m glad to be here, Lea. Get some sleep, okay?” you wish her goodnight, quietly gathering a change of clothes.
Unable to sleep, you slip out of her bedroom, silently stepping into the hallway. You’re careful where you step, not wanting to make the floorboards creak and hoping your memory serves you right from all those nights you used to sneak into Taehyung’s room.
“Two steps to the right and one to the left,” a voice startles you. You raise your head, locking eyes with Taehyung, standing at the opposite end of the hall, just feet from his bedroom.
“Thanks,” you whisper as you take the steps and end up right in front of him.
“Can’t sleep?” Taehyung leans against the entryway. He was just returning from the kitchen after fetching water bottles for his younger brother, his best friend, and was on his way to Alea’s bedroom to leave one for her and you.
“Too much excitement,” you fib, shrugging. “I’ll get out of your hair.” You go to walk past him, but he stops you with a gentle touch on your arm.
“Wait, a minute?” he pleads softly.
“Tae, I should really go-”
“Just a moment of your time,” Taehyung begs quietly. You sigh, nodding in agreement. He thanks you, moving past you to leave the water in Alea’s room and coming back to the hallway.
“Come with me,” Taehyung leads the way back to his bedroom, and this time you hesitate to enter. He takes notice, urging you in regardless and letting you sit on his bed while he sits on the opposite end. It's been so long since you’ve been here, and you almost wish you could go back in time to when things were easier between you.
The silence is thick between you, and you swallow thickly, your hands tugging at a loose thread on the bed sheets.
Taehyung is the first to speak, pushing past his nerves. “How are you?”
“Really? That’s what you’re choosing to say to me?”
Taehyung sighs. “You were the one who told me to leave! You’re the one who said nobody was stopping me. So I left!”
You cross your arms over your chest, refusing to meet his eyes. You had said that, and you had regretted it ever since. You were young and hopelessly in love with him but you were leaving for college soon and you thought Taehyung would wait for you to come back but he had other plans and it was wrong of you to expect him to sit and wait for you.
“You didn’t tell me until the night before, Tae! I thought I was important to you! That our relationship meant something to you but apparently it wasn’t for me to know. God, I looked so stupid when I found out. I hated you then and I’m not crazy about you now. I can’t wait to go back home.” You huff in annoyance as you get to your feet.
Taehyung exhales deeply. This isn’t how he wanted this conversation to go. Not at all
“Look,” he says stiffly, watching you from his spot on the bed.
“Let’s just get along for the rest of your time here. I don’t want to upset Alea or have her worry about us behaving while she’s already stressed enough. She’s my sister and I want her wedding day to go smoothly. Can we be friends, if not cordial until Christmas?” Taehyung queries, his hand finding the same loose thread you had been toying with. “And then you never have to speak to me or see me again.”
You swallow thickly, the urge to cry building up inside you. Biting your lip to keep it from quivering, you look at Taehyung. He refuses to look at you but eventually the heat of your stare is too much and his eyes meet yours; a slight shine gives away his unshed tears.
“If that’s the way you want it,” you say with a sniffle, and Taehyung breaks. He rises to his feet to approach you, but you take a step back. He pauses as you wipe away a stray tear. “I’ll see myself out. Goodnight.”
Taehyung watches you go, floorboards creaking below your feet in your hurry to leave. He sniffles, groaning as he wipes his eyes. Why does he have to make things worse? How could he live without you in his life forever? How could he love again if it’s not you?
With a heavy heart, Taehyung shuts his bedroom door. Tears still roll down his cheeks when he gets into bed, your scent left on his pillow that he holds tightly, wishing he were hugging you instead.
~
MONDAY DECEMBER 20
In the morning, you’re woken gently by Hoseok, soft good mornings exchanged as your head throbs from last night’s drinks.
“Ugh, my head,” you groan as you sit up, your hands clutching the sides as Hobi presses a bottle of water to your lips.
“What time did you go to bed?” Hoseok asks as he sets the water bottle down on the nightstand. Yoongi has gotten up earlier than you both, claiming the shower in his hurry to get out the door with Jimin and Jungkook. Alea has taken her parents out for breakfast, then to her dad’s suit fitting and lunch.
Hoseok is going to go out and look for apartments unbeknownst to you. Just to get an idea of what is available should the two of you actually move back home. Your dad is expecting you for dinner tonight and anxiety pools in your belly.
“Breakfast is in the fridge if you’re up for it, but there’s nothing on your agenda for the day if you want to laze around down here or upstairs. Namjoon and Seokjin have work until this afternoon and I think you’ll have the place to yourself if you just want to binge-watch that show you’ve been rattling on about. You know, the one with the weird guy and the glass case.” Hoseok smiles, poking your cheek.
“That actually sounds like a nice way to spend the day. Thanks, Hobi. I’ll see you later?”
“Of course, doll. I’ll be around,” Hoseok plants a kiss on your hand before leaving you, reminding you to text him should you need anything while he’s out. He’s borrowed Alea’s car and will be out around town all day.
Yoongi is quick to leave, rushing through good mornings and reminders to eat as he storms up the stairs, calling for Jimin and Jungkook. You’re unsure of what their plans comprise but when it comes to that trio, the less you know, the better.
It takes a good ten minutes after Yoongi’s departure for you to climb up the stairs and into the kitchen. You grab a small bowl of fruit, picking at it while sitting on the couch with a throw blanket over your legs. Your head isn’t hurting as bad as it was when you woke, but there’s a lingering throb at the sides.
You’re two episodes in when the stairs creak and your head whips around. Taehyung stands on the stairs, one hand on the rail and the other covering the yawn that escapes him. You’re left breathless, taking in his shirtless appearance. Honeyed skin and soft torso, lean muscles that used to drive you insane.
“Oh, hi,” he says upon realizing you’re there. “I didn’t think anyone was home.”
“Just me,” you shrug, turning away from him. You push back the memories of all the kisses you’d left on his skin, tiny bite marks and hickeys left behind when you’d sneak away from your friends to make out in his bedroom.
“Cool,” he muffles another yawn. “Care if I join?”
“It’s your house, Tae. Do what you want,” you remind him. He clicks his tongue. You were going to make this difficult. He bites his tongue, keeping his thoughts to himself as he sits beside you, his phone in his hands as he scrolls away, only half listening to your show.
“I meant what I said last night, you know. I want us to be friends,” he turns to you, flipping his phone in his lap. A nervous tick, apparently.
“Tae,” you start and he nearly melts. That’s the second time you’ve used his nickname. “We haven’t been friends in a long time.”
“All I’m asking for is a few days. For Alea,” he responded. You sigh, you could do this for her, right? How hard could it be to pretend you were friends with Taehyung again? Think of it as a personal challenge.
“Fine, for Alea,” you give in. “But just for the wedding.”
Taehyung nods, sticking his hand out for you to shake. Reluctantly you do so, looking him in the eye and ignoring the sparks that come from his touch. Now that you’re sober, they seem to crackle and pop more intensely, with no excuse of alcohol to deter your judgment.
-
The day flies by with the two of you on the couch. Taehyung gets sucked into the show, even ordering you two lunch from your favorite place in town. You try not to seem too surprised when he recalls your order without needing to ask.
Hours fly by and you two catch up in between bites of food and sips of drinks. He tells you about his travels, places he loved, and places he wishes never to visit again. You’re even pleasantly surprised to know he’s gotten a small dog, a Pomeranian named Yeontan.
“Why didn’t you bring him?!” You squeal when he shows you pictures of the pup.
“I figured we’d be busy with the wedding. I didn’t want him in the way. He’s left with one of my friends back home,” Taehyung informs you as he shows you a video of Tannie running around on his bed.
“You should bring him next time! He’s so cute!” You gush as you watch another video of the pup barking and rolling around before Taehyung has him give a high-five.
Taehyung smiles. “Sure, I'm sure he’d love you.”
“Who wouldn’t?” You tease with a laugh as you see Tannie running through a tunnel in Taehyung’s living room, hopping over a box and through a hoop, all to get a handful of treats.
Taehyung is quiet as you swipe through more videos in his Tannie album on his phone, your sweet laughter music to his ears. This is the most the two of you have spoken and it warms his heart to have you close and on speaking terms. He often wondered what a reconciliation would look like and never did he imagine it would come with barking from his dog and silly little videos of the pup.
By the time everyone is coming back home, Taehyung and you have finished all the first season and some of the second. The two of you part ways once the commotion of Jungkook, Jimin, and Yoongi’s arrival becomes too loud to hear the TV.
Showered and ready for dinner at your dad’s, you wave at Hoseok before heading out.
Nerves bubble in your stomach, hoping dinner won’t be too awkward between you. You find it tough to be inside your childhood home, your mother’s presence very much missed in the walls, and her laughter that once brightened the home is missing and now, it’s very evident that she’s gone.
Dinner is waiting for you at the table. You thank him and ask him about his day.
You’re hesitant to share your thoughts on moving back to town, but your father is pleased to hear it. He offers you your old bedroom and you thank him, reminding him you and Hobi are a sealed deal.
You almost wish you had siblings growing up. Maybe at least then they’d liven up the place a little more. Helping your dad with the dishes and making small talk isn’t ideal and you comment on his lack of decorations inside the home.
“Your mother always loved decorating inside. I always did the outside and I just can’t bring myself to open up the boxes in the attic,” he explains. You hug him, rub his back, and say nothing else until it’s time for you to head next door.
Though it’s only a few feet from her childhood home, you’re quick to jog back, not wanting to be put in the cold longer than necessary. There're rumors of snow falling for Christmas and you’re not sure if you should look forward to it or not.
Your thoughts run amok in your head as you shut the front door after you, immediately noting the quietness in the home.
You fish for your phone in your coat pocket, noting the missed messages from your friends. Alea and her parents have gone out to dinner with family members flying in for the wedding. Seokjin and Namjoon’s famiily joined them, as well as Jungkook and Jimin.
Yoongi and Hoseok have gone out to dinner, stopping for drinks and dessert at a bar near your old stomping grounds. They won’t be home till late and it’s best if you don’t wait up.
Sighing heavily, you kick your shoes off and hang your coat up on the hook before heading to the kitchen for a glass of water.
“That was some sigh,” Taehyung comments, startling you.
“Fuck,” you place your hand over your chest. “You scared me!”
Taehyung laughs, throwing his head back and shaking his head. His soft curls shake with him and you resist the urge to run your fingers through them like you used to. You miss having his head in your lap, fingers carding through each lock until he was snoring softly and fast asleep. You push the memories away.
“Sorry,” he apologizes with his hands up in surrender. “I thought you’d heard me.”
“No,” you shake your head. “I had a lot on my mind. I didn’t hear you when I walked in.”
Taehyung nods. He notes the frown on your face and the faraway look in your eyes. “How was dinner?”
You look at him, debating if you should spill or go cry in your temporary bedroom. Taehyung would probably hear you from his room.
“Just missing my mom,” you shrug. Taehyung pauses his scooping, leaving his bowl of ice cream on the counter.
“Hey, come here,” he says softly when he sees the first few tears roll down your cheeks. You sniffle, wiping your face and forcing a smile. “I’m fine, Tae. Just the holidays.”
Taehyung takes a step toward you, wrapping you up in his arms, knowing very well you could push him away. You don’t. You accept his hug and wrap your arms around him, your head resting on his shoulder. Your heavy sigh is soon overcome with tears and labored breathing.
“Sorry,” you apologize once you get a hold of your tears. “I just haven’t been home in a while and seeing the house so empty and dark. I guess it hit me, she’s gone and dad’s all alone.”
“I understand,” Taehyung says with his hand rubbing your back. “I’m sure it can’t be easy being away from him, especially now.”
“I know I should come back more, but being home without her there. I just can’t, Tae!” You sob, burying your face in his chest. Taehyung holds you, his fingers running through your hair as he kisses the top of your head.
“Let it out, doll. I’ve got you.” His words are reassuring as you cry in his arms. You don’t know how long it’s been since you’ve cried it out but now you’re feeling somewhat better.
Once you’ve calmed down enough, and you’ve washed your face, Taehyung offers you some melted ice cream.
“Oops,” you say, realizing you’ve ruined his dessert.
“No big deal,” Taehyung shrugs. He opens the freezer to pull out your favorite flavor instead. “Mom went shopping.”
“She’s the best!” You exclaim when Taehyung sets the container on the counter, getting two clean bowls out of the cabinet.
“You scoop and I’ll wash this one,” he tells you. You easily agree, wanting nothing more than to dig into your ice cream, and maybe, just maybe, Mrs. Kim has also gotten some Magic Shell.
“Oh, wait,” Taehyung rushes to the pantry, pulling out a chocolate sauce that hardens when it gets cold.
“Fuck, I love your mom!” You cheer as you put the container of ice cream in the freezer and Taehyung pops open the bottle.
“Hey!” He protests. “I’m the one who snuck this into the shopping cart!”
“You still hide it under the boxes of cereal when she’s ringing up?” You ask, pouring a good amount of chocolate syrup on your ice cream before handing it over to Tae.
“I learned from the best,” he jokes as he pours some over his ice cream, closing the lid on the bottle and placing it back in the pantry.
“I used to sneak so many snacks that way,” you chuckle. “Hell, I still do it when I grocery shop with Hoseok. He’s a real stickler about sweets.”
“Do you enjoy living with him?” Taehyung asks curiously. He carries both your bowls to the living room, making sure you’re comfortable with your throw blanket over your lap before he hands the bowl over to you.
“Thanks.” You swipe a bit of chocolate from your spoon, popping it in your mouth before answering his question. “I enjoy it. He’s my best friend and we get along really well. It’s like having a piece of home with me always.”
Ouch. That hurts, Taehyung thinks.
“Have you two ever thought about dating?” Taehyung pries.
“We do date,” you answer him, not quite sure what he’s getting at.
Taehyung chuckles and shakes his head. “No.”
“Oh!” You gasp. “Like each other?”
“Yes.”
“Oh no! That would never work out,” you answer simply, scooping ice cream into your mouth.
“Why not?” Taehyung asks curiously, moving his ice cream around his bowl and making a mess, much like Jungkook would.
“Aren’t you ever the Nosy-Rosy,” you tease. “Hoseok and I wouldn't work. He’s a total flirt and his feelings are tied up in someone and I’m in lo-”
Taehyung raises a brow.
“It wouldn’t work,” You shrug. You busy yourself with putting your show back on, but see your favorite Christmas movie and turn that on instead.
“So if not Hobi, is anyone else keeping you in that city?” Taehyung knows he shouldn’t pry too much, but he’s got his heart on his sleeve and he’s ready to risk it all for you. He hasn’t been a saint while you two have been apart, but he’s still in love with you, still wants you and everything the two of you promised each other all those nights in between kisses and wild dreams for the future. He’s finally at a place where he can give it to you all if you’d just say the word.
“I’m gonna need a refill if you’re gonna try to get info out of me, babe.” you shove your bowl into his chest and he grins. He ignores your slip of the tongue, though his heart is pounding in his chest, blood rushing in his ears and he wonders if he’s heard you correctly.
“Using me for ice cream,” he clicks his tongue. “Just like old times.”
“Don’t forget the chocolate sauce!” You call after him.
“Yeah, yeah!” he calls back, feigning annoyance as he gets to the kitchen to make you a second bowl.
When he hands it to you, you dig right in, moaning around the spoon. “Fuck, this is so good.”
“You got your ice cream, now spill,” he pouts as he gets under the blanket with you. His cold feet meet your warm ones and you send a glare his way.
“Fine, but you spill after,” you compromise. He nods in agreement as he scoops ice cream from his own bowl.
“No, I’ve dated here and there, but nothing concrete. People are assholes.” you shudder at memories of some men you’ve gone on dates with. From being rude to staff to wolf-whistling other girls in front of you. You were over it.
“How about you?” You turn to look Taehyung in the eye and he shrugs.
“Mostly hookups here and there. I’m not out smashing everyone I see, but I’ve had a few flings,” he says as he eats the last of his ice cream.
“You’ve been flinging?” You tease.
“I’ve been flung,” he answers with a laugh. “Not as much as you may imagine. Maybe five people after you.”
You’re surprised by his honesty but nod as you focus on your ice cream, suddenly becoming more interesting than your conversation. Taehyung takes your bowl and washes them after you’re done, joining you back on the couch and under the blanket when he returns.
The two of you chat throughout the movie, playing another nostalgic favorite until the front door opens and Jungkook’s voice fills the living room.
“Alright! I need all four hands where I can see them! You know the rules!” Jungkook shouts as he walks into the living room, startling you both.
“They’re no fun, all hands are visible,” Jimin pouts as he sits on the arm of the couch.
“You guys are so boring,” Yoongi huffs a laugh as he’s followed by a tipsy Hoseok.
“What are you two doing?”
“Were you doing it?” Jungkook wiggles his eyebrows suggestively.
“No!” You shout, appalled.
“Damn,” Jungkook giggles. “Did we interrupt?”
“I doubt Barbie would be getting down with The Santa Clause on screen,” Hoseok chuckles, leaning heavily on Yoongi for support.
“Well, actually,” Jimin starts, a glint of mischief in his pretty brown eyes.
“Not a word, Min!” You shove him off the couch and he clatters onto the floor, cackling for the entire neighborhood to hear.
“Santa?” Taehyung asks with a smirk. “Didn’t think you’d be into that.”
“I’m not!” Your protest falls on deaf ears as Jimin rises to his feet, latching onto his boyfriend to lead him upstairs, where his laughter can still be heard.
“Alright, I’m going to bed,” you announce.
“I’d stay in Alea’s room,” Yoongi warns. “He drank more than he should have and will probably throw up.”
“Ew!”
“Hey!” Hobi shouts, unable to control his volume. “You’ve come home worse.”
“I’ve got you,” Yoongi sighs. “Come on.”
You watch Yoongi take your inebriated friend down the steps, shaking your head before turning back to the TV.
“Whelp! Jimin ruined this.” You giggle as you shut the TV off and yawn.
“Wanna go to bed?” Taehyung asks and you nod.
You head to Alea’s bedroom, grab a change of clothes and take a shower before going back to her room. Taehyung is sitting on her bed when you return, a towel wrapped around your head.
“What’s up?” You ask him as you release your hair from the towel.
“Just wondering if you wanted to finish the second season of that show or maybe watch a movie until my parents get home?” He bites his lip out of nervousness, but you nod. What did you have to lose? After all, you’d already spent the majority of the day with him anyway, and you had agreed to be friends for the next few days.
You quickly dry your hair before heading to his bedroom. He’s got his TV on and ready, your favorite blanket of his on the bed, and some snacks on the nightstand.
You settle into his bed under the blanket, eyes feeling heavy as he puts on a movie and gets in bed beside you. You watch the first few minutes of the movie before you’re both asleep, heads leaning against each other and soft snores escaping your lips.
~
TUESDAY DECEMBER 21
“You’re sure she was home last night?” Hoseok asks Yoongi for the ninth time since he’s been awake.
“I’m sure,” Yoongi hisses in response. That hiss is the first thing Taehyung hears when he wakes up. He yawns, trying to stretch, but finds out he’s wrapped up in his blanket. He goes to push it off him and then his eyes widen in shock when he sees your face in his chest and your arm draped across his ribs.
Fuck, you’d fallen asleep a short while into the movie.
Taehyung is careful as he untangles himself from the bed. Quietly he goes to his bedroom door, opening it slowly to come face to face with Yoongi and Hoseok.
Both men look at him apologetically. “Shit, we didn’t mean to wake you.”
“What’s going on?”
“Barbs is missing,” Yoongi explains.
Hoseok swats his shoulder. “Don’t call her that. She hates it.”
“She didn’t sleep with us and she’s not in Alea’s room,” Yoongi explains further.
“And she’s not with Jimin and Jungkook or on the couch. I’m about to go next door and see if she’s there instead. Maybe she got nostalgic and wanted to be in her own room,” Hobi sighs as he cards a hand through his hair, a worried frown on his lips.
Taehyung bites his lip. “She’s in here.”
“She’s what?” Hoseok hisses, shoving Taehyung out of the way immediately, bulldozing into the bedroom.
Just like Taehyung had said, you were fast asleep in his bed, wrapped up in his blanket and hugging his pillow in his absence.
“Y’all fucked?” Yoongi asks sniffing the air.
“No!” Taehyung is quick to shut that down. “And quit sniffing! You’re gonna wake her.”
“A semi-truck wouldn’t wake her,” Yoongi scoffs.
“I’ll wake her up,” Hoseok says with a wave of his hand. “You’ve gotta be gentle.”
“I’ll do it. She’s in my bed,” Taehyung states as he stands beside Hoseok.
“Gentle,” Hoseok stresses. “You can’t surprise her.”
“I can wake up my friend without warnings,” Taehyung scoffs. Hoseok rolls his eyes. “You’ve been friends for twenty-four hours, Romeo. Listen to your elders.”
“Let him do it. I wanna watch,” Yoongi sneers as he leans against the door frame.
Taehyung ignores both of his friends. Instead, he leans over you and shakes you, calling your name a few times.
You wake with a start, throwing a mean right hook right onto Taehyung’s chin.
Taehyung gasps and curses, feeling blood spill from his lip where one of your knuckles grazed him.
“Told ya!” Hoseok sings while Yoongi cackles.
“I taught her that.”
“You must be so proud,” Taehyung spits as he lifts his shirt to dab at the blood spilling from the cut on his lip.
“I am actually,” Yoongi beams with pride.
Taehyung rolls his eyes while Hoseok shoves him aside. He gets on the bed and gently shakes you, calling your name. “Come on, beautiful. We’ve gotta get up. There’s a ton to do today, my love.”
Slowly you open your eyes, yawning as Hoseok coos until you’re rubbing your eyes.
“What’s going on?”
“You fell asleep in Tae’s bed and punched him.” Yoongi fills you in with a cackle.
Your eyes lock onto Taehyung’s, an apology already on your lips. “You tried to wake me?”
Taehyung nods.
“Oops! I wake up throwing punches thanks to Yoongi. If I get scared, I throw punches first, ask questions later.” You inform him.
“My little boxer,” Yoongi grins. “We gotta get you in the ring with Kookie. Maybe you can get a few in before he cheats.”
“My money’s on Kook.” Hoseok smiles. “Sorry, doll.”
“Same,” you agree, sighing. “I haven’t been practicing.”
“Anyway, busy day,” Hoseok states again, helping you out of bed and leading you urgently out of Tae’s room.
“We’ll see you later,” Yoongi waves before following you to Alea’s room.
Taehyung has no choice but to watch you leave.
~
“What was that?” Hoseok is immediately grilling you when you shut the door.
“What was what?” Your confusion is obvious on your face.
“That!” Hoseok exclaims. “You were in bed together!”
“Sleeping,” you furrow your brows. “Nothing happened.”
“You cuddled!” Yoongi shouts, and you clamp your hand over his big mouth.
“We just slept. We were gonna watch a movie and I guess I fell asleep.”
“Oh, the old movie and sleep play, nice,” Yoongi rolls his eyes.
“It was innocent!”
“It was horny!” Hoseok gasps.
“It may have been a little horny,” you squeak. “He smelled so good! Okay, but nothing happened. We slept, and I drooled on his pillow a little and he admitted to having like five hookups after we broke up and I’m still utterly in love with him!”
“Oof!” Yoongi chuckles. “Bring it down, you want him to know?!”
“No! I’m just, ahhh!” You shout.
Hoseok bites back a smile. “So you’ve made progress.”
“I didn’t come here to make progress. I came here for a wedding!”
“We all came here for a wedding, doll.” Yoongi chimes in. “But I think a few of us are getting a little more than we bargained for.”
You find it odd that he’s not looking at you and suddenly Hoseok is red in the face and sweating.
“Anyway, let me get ready and I’ll meet you downstairs. You can fill in Alea, but nobody else!” You point a sharp finger at them and they nod, saluting you as they leave you to get dressed.
You rest your back against the shut door wondering what you’ve gotten yourself into.
~
“We need outfits for the rehearsal,” Hoseok informs Alea once you’re done with her errands.
“You didn’t get a dress?” She asks, looking at you with a frown.
“No, I’m sorry! My boss was being a total ass once I turned in my notice,” you frown, breathing in and out a few times to calm yourself.
“Okay, I know a place we can get you a dress, and then I’ll see if Taehyung can get Hoseok something,” Alea suggests.
“Why don’t you have him meet us at the mall?” Yoongi suggests and Alea brightens.
“That’s a wonderful idea. Do you mind?” Alea asks you, knowing that despite recent developments the two of you were still trying to get along.
“No problem. I’m sure he’ll be of help,” you assure her. Alea nods in excitement, immediately calling Tae and asking him to meet at the mall as soon as possible.
You sit back in your seat, listening to Hoseok singing Christmas carols once again and you can only pray the afternoon isn’t a complete disaster.
~
“Alea!” Taehyung calls, waving his arm in the air. He’s donned sunglasses and a beanie and for a moment you remember he’s an international supermodel. Whoops!
“Hey! We’ve got a mission,” Alea says, leading the group to a mall map nearby. “These are the stores we’re hitting and if we find nothing, I know a few boutiques around town that may have something.”
“I can just borrow something from Jimin or Yoongi,” Hoseok offers.
“Not a chance! We need something new for the two of you. We’re all taking photos,” Alea takes off in direction of the first store and the four of you follow.
“This one isn’t fitting right,” you complain as you come out of the dressing room. The sleeve falls over your shoulder and you hold the material to your chest while clasping the back of it. “I hate it.”
“We’ve been to three shops already,” Yoongi whines. “We’re not gonna find anything here.”
“We found Hoseok a suit. We just need a button-down shirt and tie.”
“Just wait for Tae to come back. Maybe he’s got something for you two?” Alea pleads and you give in before going back into the dressing room.
Shortly there’s a knock on the door, and you’re peeking your head out.
Taehyung hands you a dress in a deep purple with silver details on the sweetheart neckline. “Try this one on, doll.”
“Thanks. If this works out, then you’re my savior. I’m tired of trying dresses on,” you pout, taking the dress and shutting the door.
“I do live to make dreams come true,” Taehyung giggles.
“Hm, I doubt that,” Hoseok scoffs. Taehyung flips him off, handing him a dress shirt and shoving him into the dressing room beside you. “Try that on and shut your trap.”
Alea and Yoongi leave the immediate area, searching for backups in case Taehyung’s picks don’t fit well or aren’t what any of you are looking for. Taehyung, however, is confident with his selections. After all, fashion was his business.
“Taehyung! Come in here!” Hoseok calls and in his hurry to help, Taehyung opens the first door he sees, and unfortunately, it’s yours.
“Ahhh!” You scream, startled. Fortunately, you’re dressed so Taehyung doesn’t get a peek. Your heart is pounding in your chest and you place a hand over your heart as you calm down.
“Sorry, I thought this was Hoseok’s,” Taehyung is quick to apologize, his face heating with embarrassment.
“No worries,” you breathe. “I was dressed. What do you think?”
You step out of the dressing room, twirling for Taehyung, and he’s breathless. You’re certainly a sight to behold. The dress hugs your body just right, accentuating every bit of you that draws the eye and you adore it.
“You look marvelous,” Taehyung says honestly, licking his lips as he takes you in. He wishes he could touch your skin, plant kisses on your shoulders, and leave love bites on the curve of your neck. “Beautiful.”
You turn to face Taehyung, his eyes locked on yours. He reaches forward to push a lock of your hair behind your ear, and for a moment you fall into the past. You know what’s coming; you hope for it as his gaze intensifies and his eyes grow hooded. You lean into his touch, breath caught in your throat as he leans forward, his pretty lips just a millimeter from your own.
“Did this ding dong really open your door?” Hoseok huffs as he pushes his door open after having finished buttoning up his shirt
The two of you jump in surprise, putting distance between you as Hoseok comes into view. You try to act normal but your chest is heaving and so is Taehyung’s.
“What’s going on between you?” Hoseok looks at you and then at Taehyung with a raised brow.
“N-nothing,” Taehyung stutters. Fuck, he thinks. Hoseok knows that’s his tell.
“Uh-huh. I’ll let it slide 'cause I wanna go home but you two are acting suspicious. ” Hoseok claims as he turns to look at you, smiling.
“Well, don’t you look absolutely gorgeous! Spin for me, babe! Let’s see those curves,” Hoseok motions for you to spin and Taehyung could kiss him when you turn to show your back. Hey, Taehyung can appreciate the human body and more so when it’s yours.
“We’re getting that dress!” Alea cheers as she approaches with Yoongi in tow. “You look fantastic!”
“Doesn’t she?!” Hoseok is nodding. Uncaring that his shirt has gone unnoticed, he’d rather go home so he’ll purchase it, anyway. It’s not his wedding day after all.
“Turn around,” Alea demands and you do so. Again, Taehyung is thanking his lucky stars as your ass comes into view and he steps away, turning to fan his face.
“Do not get a boner right now,” he grits, inhaling and exhaling a few times before you’re heading back into the dressing room to change into your clothing.
Alea and Hoseok discuss where to get dinner, but her mother calls and asks you all to come home to eat. After Hoseok changes and you pay for your dress, you pile into Alea’s car to go home.
Taehyung sticks around the mall after you’re gone. He looks around one shop, looking at all the jewelry in the cases before spotting a cute snowflake necklace. It would be a perfect gift for Christmas, maybe by then, the two of you could actually call each other friends… Perhaps more.
~
WEDNESDAY DECEMBER 22
The day has escaped you for the most part. You’ve been in and out of nail salons, meeting with makeup artists, and shopping for shoes and accessories for your dress.
Hoseok tagged along for most of it but around lunch time he got picked up by Yoongi and left. You hadn’t heard a peep from either of them in hours.
Now, you were sitting in Jungkook’s room with Jimin and Taehyung, both of who occupied the bed on either side of you. Namjoon had strolled in, taking a seat on the floor as Jungkook and Taehyung played some game on the TV.
Jimin and you had been giggling beside each other, watching TikToks on your phone while you waited for dinner plans.
“I’ve got to meet Seokjin for dinner,” Namjoon sighs after a while. “More family is flying in and I don’t know if I should be happy they’re all here for Christmas or annoyed that they’re all here for Christmas.”
“It could be worse,” you shrug. “He could have picked a different wedding date, and you’d have to see them twice instead of all at once.”
Namjoon ponders your words for a few seconds. “You know what? You’re right. Thank you, Seokjin.”
You giggle, hugging him goodbye when he’s ready to leave. Jungkook barely blinks as Namjoon departs and Taehyung isn’t much better beside him. You stretch out your foot, bumping Taehyung.
“I’m hungry,” you whine.
“Eat,” he responds, and you huff, kicking his knee.
“But I’m a guest. Aren’t you supposed to feed me? Do you want me telling mom none of you fed me?”
Jungkook stiffens. “Time for dinner!”
You smirk. “Thank you, Kookie, I knew I could count on you. My favorite Kim brother.”
“Hey!” Taehyung protests. “What about me?!”
“What about you?” Jungkook cackles as he throws his controller and throws himself over you and Jimin.
“I’ve always been the favorite Kim!” Taehyung guffaws, jokingly.
“That was before. Now it’s Kookie. He’s gonna feed me,” you giggle.
“I gave you ice cream the other day!”
“But what are you feeding me right now?”
Silence.
“Exactly,” you click your tongue. “Nothing.”
“Come on!” Jimin grunts as he pushes his muscular boyfriend off your lap. “Let’s eat before I have to listen to you two fighting all night.”
“Food! Food! Food!” Jungkook chants as he climbs off the bed with Jimin.
You get up, followed by Taehyung, and head down the stairs. You pile into the living room, debating what to order while Jimin picks out a movie to watch.
Once your food is ordered, you curl up on one end of the couch while Taehyung flops down beside you. Jimin and Jungkook take the recliner and you coo at them.
“We’ve got a busy day tomorrow,” you groan.
“Every day has been a busy day,” Jimin pouts. He turns to Jungkook. “When we get married, let’s elope on the beach somewhere.”
“Deal,” Jungkook sticks his pinkie out for Jimin to make a promise. He does so.
“I don’t blame you. This whole wedding thing is a hassle. I don’t think I could handle the stress,” you say as you pull the blanket over you and Taehyung.
“I thought you wanted a big wedding?” Taehyung asks curiously. He refrains from saying, “at least you did when we were together.”
“I don’t know. It’s just a lot,” you sigh giddily. “Having to plan everything and making sure nothing goes wrong. I don’t think I could handle it.”
“You could get a wedding planner,” Jimin suggests.
“And where am I getting the groom?” You roll your eyes playfully. Taehyung places his hand on your knee beneath the blanket and for a second you freeze, turning to face him.
However, Jungkook is quick to ruin save the moment by saying, “I hear Tinder’s a good place.”
You burst out laughing, shaking your head at the youngest. “What do you know about Tinder?”
“I know men send unsolicited dick pics,” Jungkook gags. “No, thanks.”
“Yeah, unfortunately, that part’s right,” You shudder.
“You have a Tinder?” Jimin smiles from ear to ear.
“I deleted it!”
“You’re no fun,” Jimin huffs, kissing Jungkook’s cheek as the doorbell rings announcing the arrival of your food
“Kook! Come help me with this!” Jimin calls and Jungkook is quick to rise to his feet to help his boyfriend.
You’re left alone with Taehyung, his hand still on your knee and he squeezes it once before releasing it.
“For what it’s worth, I always pictured you as my bride,” he whispers before he’s rising from his seat and heading to the kitchen to help Jimin and Jungkook.
You’re left in silence, mind whirling a million miles a minute, trying to process his words before heat flushes across your cheeks and your heart flutters like the wings of a hummingbird.
Maybe, just maybe, Taehyung still held romantic feelings for you.
~
THURSDAY DECEMBER 23
“He said what ?” Hoseok and Yoongi ask at the same time. Yoongi could barely contain himself from spitting out his drink.
“That’s what he said! Don’t make me repeat it! I’m already overthinking it,” you whine in annoyance. The first thing you did this morning was climb out of bed without waking Alea and now you were confiding in your best friends. And they were in awe just like you had been. Perhaps you should have told Alea, but she had enough on her plate without you dragging her into this “will they or won’t they” debacle you had going on with her brother.
“He still loves you,” Hoseok blurts.
Yoongi smacks him.
“What? You don’t say something like that and not love the person. She’s not an idiot!” Hoseok defends.
“Do love him?” Yoongi asks you seriously. He wouldn’t meddle but he did want to know.
“I do. I know we’re grown now and we’re different from who we were and I don’t want to confuse these feelings for past ones but we’ve been getting close this week and I think there could be something there. Am I in way over my head? Should I put some distance between us?”
“Yes.”
“No.”
“Gee, thanks, guys. Glad I came to you for help,” you scoff with a roll of your eyes.
“Look, we just want what’s best for you. We don’t want you getting hurt. Remember, we were both there for you when you broke up and it crushed us to see you both struggling. Hoseok went with you and I stayed to be with Taehyung,” Yoongi admits.
Hoseok nods, his hand lacing with Yoongi’s.
No! Your eyes widen and tears pool in your eyes.
“Please tell me you didn’t!” You gasp, a sob escaping you.
“We thought it would be for the best,” Hoseok states as he pulls you toward them to hug you.
“Oh, Hobi!” You wrap your arms around his neck, sobbing into his shoulder. Yoongi pats your back before you launch yourself at him. “I don’t deserve either of you. How could I not notice? And then you let me sleep in your bed! How could you! I was third wheeling for years!”
“Yeahhhh,” Yoongi laughs. “But it’s what we decided. We love you all and we wanted to keep the group together. Which is why when you announced you could work from anywhere, we were hoping you’d be moving back into town.”
“And with that hope, we started looking for apartments just in case,” Hoseok admits nervously biting his lip.
“I could kiss you!” You scream, throwing your arms around both of them.
Yoongi raises a brow.
“But I won’t!” You quickly state with a laugh. “Who else knows?”
“Just you, Jimin, and Jungkook. Those two caught us making out that night I came home drunk,” Hoseok shrugs. “We were making out on the front step.”
“That’s when I fell asleep in Taehyung’s bed. Did you plan that?”
“Nope,” Yoongi laughs. “You walked your sweet butt into his bed on your own.”
You groan, slapping a hand over your face. “I’ve got it bad for Kim Taehyung.”
“You can say that again!”
~
The afternoon crawls by slowly. The TV in the living room is taken up by the Kim’s family (both families) and guests with Seokjin and Alea at the center of attention, and Namjoon battling questions of “When is it your turn?”
Hoseok, Yoongi, Jimin, and Jungkook have gone out on a double date with the offer extended to you but you declined, preferring to stay home and perhaps visit your dad. After all, you’d be going back home for a while once the wedding passed.
“Doll?” Taehyung asks as he knocks gently on the door. He waits for you to invite him in before he steps inside his sister’s room.
“What’s up, Tae?”
“I was wondering if you wanted to have a snack. I snuck some food from downstairs and I was gonna watch a movie. I was hoping you’d wanna join,” he bites his lip, his hands shoved into the front pockets of his jeans.
“Sure,” you agree. You take your charger out of the outlet and pocket your phone before rising to your feet and following him to his bedroom.
“I can’t stay all night,” you inform him once you climb into his bed. Taehyung nods as he shuts his bedroom door nearly all the way.
“That’s fine. Stay as long as you’d like,” he offers you a cookie and some delicious-looking chocolate cake that makes your mouth water.
“Please tell me this is your mom’s double chocolate cake with the chocolate ganache and hazelnut filling,” you nearly drool looking at it.
Taehyung giggles. “It might be.”
“Shut up! This is the best cake ever!” You exclaim, making grabby hands at him as he hands you a thick slice of cake. You moan after the first bite and the second, wiggling in your spot as you devour the slice and even take half of Tae’s.
“If I knew this would get you home, I’d have asked mom to tempt you with it,” he laughs once he sets the plates down on his nightstand.
“It’s so good! I definitely missed it! I loved when she’d make it on my birthday.”
“Maybe she can make it next year,” Taehyung smiles as he scoots just a little bit closer.
“Hopefully,” you agree with a nod, feeling butterflies swirl in your stomach. “Hopefully.”
~
A few hours pass before you’re checking the time on your phone and announce your need to depart.
“Dad should be home any minute and I wanted to see him for a bit before things get more hectic around here,” you tell Taehyung as you get out of bed and pocket your phone.
“Can I come with you? It’s been a while since I’ve seen your dad,” he admits sheepishly.
You pause for a moment before nodding. “Yeah, okay. I’m sure he’d love to see Vogue’s newest model with four covers.”
Taehyung blushes. “It was actually six.”
“Six! Wow! You’re a total hottie, aren’t you?” You wink, taking his hand in yours before you can fluster him further.
Taehyung can feel his pulse skyrocketing as you lead him down the stairs, letting his mother know the two of you will be next door with your father should she need either of you. She wishes you good luck and shuts the door after you before returning to her guests.
Once you’re on the front porch, you’re just in time to see your father pulling into his driveway with a tree tied to the roof of his car.
“Dad!” You call out to him as you approach with Taehyung in tow.
Your dad gets out of his car with a grin. “Hey, sweetheart. Oh, and little Tae-Tae! I haven’t seen you in ages! How’s life on the runway?”
“It’s good,” Taehyung grins. “Keeps me busy sometimes.”
“You do a damn good job. I got one of your covers on the coffee table,” your dad chuckles, and Taehyung blushes.
“Dad!” You whine.
“How about you help me get the tree in the house and we can liven the place up a little bit? I’ve been thinking it’s about time I get into the Christmas spirit again,” your dad says as he wraps you up in a hug. You hug him tightly, fighting back the tears that threaten to spill.
“Of course, dad. Anything you need,” you squeeze him one last time before you’re wiping at your eyes and helping him and Taehyung with the tree.
It takes a few minutes to get it set up in the home and you admire the beautiful tree. This house already feels like a home by a simple addition. You’re not entirely sure if you’ll be moving back to town much less back in with your dad but you hope he’ll open himself up to more people and maybe some new friends so he won’t be so lonely anymore. His world began and ended with your mother and though he still has you, you know how lonely it can feel to be alone, even with Hobi at your side.
Taehyung helps your father get the decorations from the attic and slowly the three of you take out the ones so near and dear to your mother. While Taehyung wraps the Christmas lights around the tree, your father plays Christmas carols from his TV and you’re left to bake cookies in the oven.
When those are done, you join your father and Taehyung in the living room.
“This was the first ornament she made us,” your dad says as he holds up the clay ornament with his thumbprint and your mother’s in the shape of a heart, it has the date of their first Christmas engraved in it.
A few more ornaments have special dates on them, one has an ultrasound of you, and another has your tiny little footprint. Your dad shows them to you proudly, recounting the stories that come with each one and the more obscure decorations. An armadillo from a mall in texas, a snake from the desert on their ruined honeymoon, and a hummingbird from the sale at the zoo on your first trip. Your father’s voice fills with joy at the memories, and Taehyung listens just as intently as you do, not knowing these stories at all. He almost feels like he’s intruding but your father never makes him feel that way. No, instead your father tells stories of your childhood, and how your mothers instantly clicked and you were begging to go play next door every single day until Mrs. Kim offered to watch you while your parents worked.
You remember those days. Days spent in their backyard running around with Alea and Taehyung. Laughter bubbled from your chest as Taehyung tried to keep up with you two until Jungkook was old enough to help catch you. You remember the days out in the front lawn, covered in chalk and crying when your drawing got ruined by the afternoon rain, only for Taehyung to comfort you with ice cream and a sticky smile. You remember falling in love in the late summer evening with the wind in your hair and Taehyung in your eyes. His laughter always soothed you and his smile always left your heart skipping a beat when it was directed your way. From spilling juice boxes to spilling secrets, Taehyung was the one you’d confide in when things got rough and Alea wasn’t around. When you felt like your world was crumbling around you and he was the only one who could build it back up.
When your eyes meet Taehyung’s, you’re aware he’s thinking the same. His hand reaches for yours and you gladly allow him to hold it. Your father smiles warmly but says nothing as he fakes a yawn and says he better get in bed.
You hug him goodbye with Taehyung in tow, showing yourself out and standing on the front porch.
“Thank you for coming with me tonight,” you thank him with a kiss to his cheek. Taehyung blushes, assuring you it was nothing as he looks upward with his bashfulness. It is then you follow his gaze and see the mistletoe hanging over your head, your father must have put that up there when you weren’t looking. It was a favorite of your mother’s, always kissing your father when he’d be standing under the threshold.
“Oh, uh…” Taehyung is speechless. Cheeks rosy pink and mouth suddenly dry with nervousness. His awkward chuckle makes you smile as you lean forward and press your lips to his.
Taehyung is in shock! He was not expecting you to make such a bold move and kiss him. He stands frozen for a second before his large hands cup your face, holding you close as he moves his lips in sync with yours. Old memories and feelings rise from the depths of your chest, bright and warm, and thrilling as you kiss on the front porch.
Soft and slow your lips love together, never too rough or too sloppy. Taehyung has always been an amazing kisser, always drawing the softest of moans from your lips, always leaving you wanting more, craving more. Of him, of his touch, of his love…
Taehyung is everything you’d ever want in a man.
~
Giggling, you somehow make it to his bedroom and past all the guests occupied in the kitchen and living room. Nobody bats an eye as you clamber up the stairs, stealing kisses and hushing each other until you’re stumbling into his bedroom, shutting the door after you and locking it to keep everyone out.
Taehyung smiles before he’s kissing you again pressed to his bedroom door just like old times when the two of you would sneak away from gatherings for a few minutes alone.
He tastes of cherry chapstick and sugar cookies, of warmth and familiarity as you tug on his t-shirt, bunching the red cotton material in your hands, wrinkling it before releasing him. Taehyung chuckles, easily tugging the shirt over his head to discard it on his bedroom floor.
Part of him wonders if you’re both moving too fast but the other part of him knows this has been a long time coming. With a kiss, you’re silencing his doubts, hands running over his honeyed skin as a tingle runs down his spine.
Taehyung holds your hips tightly, almost afraid you’ll disappear as you move to the bed, falling with him on top of you.
Your hands make quick work of his pants, allowing him a moment to kick them off while you do the same, left in nothing but your shirt and underwear.
Taehyung kisses you slowly, savoring every bit of your skin his lips touch, moaning when you arch into him and beg him for more. His name is a constant on your lips, curses spilling and thighs quivering when he settles between them.
Your name escapes him in a soft moan that leaves your head spinning, his warm hands under your shirt, feeling the softness of your skin and for a moment he thinks back to all the promises he made about making you his , about making you a family . His cock throbs at the thought, hungry eyes focused on your hips as he bunches the shirt in his hands and helps you out of it.
Your white bra welcomes him, a cute lacy thing with a clasp in the front that meets his teeth in his overeagerness to see your tits once again. He’s dreamed of this moment for years, dreamed of tasting you once again and as he tears the clasp open and your breasts spill out freely, Taehyung growls from deep in his chest and covers every bit of you in wet kisses.
A manicured hand greets Taehyung’s curly locks. His mouth wrapped around a pert nipple, licking and flicking his tongue as he sucks it into his mouth just to hear you moan his name. Burning with desire, you tug on his hair begging for more as your panties grow wet with arousal. You’re rubbing against him, feeling the outline of his cock pressed to you as he continues to devour your tits in kisses and suckles that make your head spin.
Taehyung is not shy about leaving his mark behind though he’s courteous enough to leave it only in places he will be able to see. After all, the wedding rehearsal is tomorrow and the wedding the day after. Alea would gut him like a fish if she saw your skin when he was done with you.
No, instead he kisses his way down the valley of your breasts, teeth nipping at the skin, hands feeling very inch of softness beneath his palms. His cock throbs and drools pre-cum in his boxers, rutting into the mattress in search of relief but finds none.
However, he’s not deterred in the slightest. He knows once he’s got you bare, he’ll get a taste of that sweet pussy he’s been missing all these years and that alone is enough.
“Taehyung,” you moan as his teeth nip your skin once again. He smirks, licking his lips as he meets your gaze.
“That’s it, baby. Let everyone know who’s making you feel this good.” his saccharine tone makes your thighs press together, too eager and too wet to think of much else as he grips your panties with his teeth and tugs.
“Fuck!” You gasp as he tugs them down your legs, tossing them to the other side of the bed before he’s grabbing your legs and pulling you toward him with your knees over his broad shoulders.
“Play with your tits for me, doll.” He commands as he presses kisses up one thigh and down the other, decorating them beautifully with his lips and tongue. You flush when you see the hunger in his eyes, intent on devouring you. If only you knew how long he’s been waiting for this moment…
Taehyung doesn’t waste much time, his tongue licking a stripe up your folds and a guttural moan escaping him upon getting the first taste. Like a man starved, he goes in for seconds and thirds, adding two of his fingers into the mix while his tongue circles your clit.
“Tae! Fuck, please,” you’re unsure of what you’re begging for but your thighs tremble in his hold as he dives in again, lips wrapped around your clit. His fingers curl inside you while you try to squeeze his head with your lush thighs.
“That’s it, love. Don’t be afraid to let go,” he says, licking his lips as his thumb rubs your clit. He still knows your body like the back of his hand, knows how much pressure and what actions will get you to combust . He’s not surprised when you grip the sheets, your other hand in his mess of curls as you bite your lip to stifle the moans he so greedily earned.
Your cunt clenches around his fingers, milking them as your high hits and Taehyung is quick to muffle your scream with a kiss. His tongue meets yours and you relax beneath him once you’ve orgasmed, kissing him deeply and not ever wanting to come up for air but unfortunately you do.
Taehyung slowly pulls his soaked fingers from your pussy, bringing them to his lips. He makes sure you’re watching when he slips them into his mouth, licking each digit clean before sucking your juices completely off them. With a lewd pop! he releases them, smiling smugly when you’re licking your lips.
Not wanting to waste a moment, you kiss him again, tasting yourself on his tongue as your hand cups his erection over his boxers.
“Take these off, Tae. I wanna feel you,” you whisper in between kisses. Taehyung is quick to take them off, kicking them over the edge of the bed as you spit in your hand before wrapping it around him. You collect pre-cum on your thumb, using it to smear around the head of his cock while you stroke him. His forehead falls on your shoulder, a whimper escaping him as he admits, “I’ve missed this. I’ve thought of you every single night since you left.”
“Tae,” you say his name in response but he shushes you. “Later. I promise. We’ll talk later.”
With a nod you agree, kissing him again as you spread your legs for him once again. He kisses his way to your neck, his hand over yours as he rubs the head of his cock against your folds, collecting your arousal on his dick before rubbing your clit with it. You sigh heavenly, so sweet and blissful before he’s even inside you and it makes him that much harder.
“I love you,” he mouths at the same time your eyes squeeze shut when he sinks in. Your manicured nails dig into his back as the air is knocked out of your lungs. How could you have forgotten how big and thick he was? You moan, biting into his shoulder as the stretch rattles you to the very core but you welcome him in any way.
“Fuck, baby. You’re so fucking tight,” he curses, kissing any bit of you within reach as you take his cock like a champ. You hug him tightly, exhaling when he finally bottoms out and you bury your face in the crook of his neck.
“I forgot how fucking big your stupid dick is,” you admit with a strangled laugh. Taehyung chuckles, apologizing with a kiss.
“You forgot, baby?” Taehyung teases, pulling out a bit, just to slam back into you to take your breath away.
“Shit, Tae. Oh, fuck,” you groan, eyes rolling to the back of your head. “Fuck, baby. I-I don’t know how I could have ever forgotten. Best dick I’ve ever had hands down.”
Taehyung smirks. “That’s right, baby. Mine’s the only dick you need, huh?”
“Yes,” you gasp as he pulls out again and slams back into you. He laughs at your reaction, one hand on the bed beside your head and the other gripping your chin.
“Look at me,” he says your name with such intensity, you swear you almost come. Fuck, he’s ruining you and he hasn’t even gotten started yet.
His thumb traces your lips and you allow him to do so before you’re wrapping your lips around him, licking the flat of his thumb before releasing him. Taehyung growls, eyes dark and filled with lust as he kisses you, hips rolling against yours as he sets a steady pace that has you both trying to muffle your moans.
Taehyung bites down on your breast, taking a hard nipple into his mouth while you drag your nails down the length of his back. Your pussy tightens around him, lost in intense pleasure as your head falls back into the pillows, his name on your lips as your thighs tremble around his hips.
“I’ve missed this, baby. I’ve missed you so much,” he admits in between mind-numbing thrusts that leave you seeing stars behind your eyes.
Your fingers lace with his, moaning softly as you feel your body building to its high from deep inside you. Warmth pools deep in your abdomen, your breathing grows heavy and you’re struggling to contain your moans.
“I missed you too, Tae. So much. You’re the only one I’ve been able to think about. Don’t want anybody else but you,” you admit in the heat of the moment and that seems to set him off.
Taehyung growls, hungrily kissing you as you both rock against each other, moans muffled by the other’s lips until you’re finally cumming around his cock, creaming around it just like he loves so much.
He moans your name into your skin, face buried in your neck as his thrusts falter and his moans grow whinier.
“Come for me, Tae. Fuck me full of your cum, baby. I want to have all of you, please ,” you beg and Taehyung is only happy to oblige. He moans your name, crying it out into your shoulder as pleasure courses through his body and his cock pulses inside you, cumming deep within you and moaning with each spurt that’s released.
“Fuck me,” he sighs as he finishes. Hair matted to his forehead with sweat and a small smile on the corner of his lips. “Fuck.”
You giggle as he rolls off you, panting.
Taehyung is immediately wrapped around you, planting kisses on your cheek, lips, and neck. He doesn’t want to let you go, afraid if he does then it’ll all be a dream.
You place your hand over his, lacing your fingers with his. You smile as you look at him, and your heart flutters in your chest.
“I missed you,” you admit, tracing circles on the back of his hand.
“I missed you too, baby. I meant it when I said you were the only one I ever thought about. I flew home the second Alea said you’d be coming for the wedding.” Taehyung is bashful with his confession but you find him endearing.
“I’m sorry for what I said that night.” You swallow thickly as you sit up, knowing you have to say something or it’ll continue eating you up inside.
“I should have gone with you or something but I was so hurt. Everyone knew except me and I was so mad at you,” you explain with a frown. “I didn’t want to lose you and I did, anyway. I’m sorry, Tae. I didn’t mean it.”
“Hey,” Taehyung is quick to wipe your tears away. “Don’t cry, baby. I should have told you when I found out but I knew you’d be upset. I wanted you to come with me but you had college and I couldn’t have supported us in Paris. Not right off the bat, anyway.”
“We could have figured it out, but I never gave us a fighting chance,” you sigh.
“Maybe or maybe we would have broken up somehow. We can’t be fixated on the what-ifs, baby. I'm here now and so are you. I’ve made a name for myself and I can give you everything you could possibly need. I just want you in my life again. I was miserable without you.”
“I just want you, Tae. Nobody compares to you, nobody even comes close.”
“Stay with me tonight. Just stay and once the wedding is over we can talk it all out, okay?”
“Okay,” you agree, kissing Taehyung on the cheek before snuggling into his side. You know you should get up and go to the bathroom to get cleaned up but you feel so safe and warm in his embrace, you decide to hold off a little longer but before you know it, you’re fast asleep with the love of your life wrapped around you.
~
FRIDAY DECEMBER 24
Morning comes sooner than you’d like. You try to keep your eyes shut to cling to the last bit of sleep knowing you have a busy day ahead of you but you can’t be arsed to leave the warmth of your bed.
“Baby, wake up,” you groan at the soft voice, your hand shooting out from under the sheet to shut them up. A deep chuckle rumbles under you and you open your eyes with alarm.
“Good morning,” Taehyung whispers and last night’s events come rushing to you. You’re still naked in his bed and the morning sun is just rising over the horizon and peeking through the cracks in his curtains.
“Five more minutes,” you whine.
“No more minutes,” he snorts. “We need to sneak you out of here.”
“Tae, we don’t have to sneak around like teenagers anymore. We’re grownups now, remember?”
Taehyung laughs quietly. “Yeah, but unless you want Alea to lose her mind over us, we need to get you out of here.”
You groan. You hate when he’s right.
“How much time do we have?”
“I’d say about thirty minutes,” Taehyung answers. You nod, turning to him and kissing him, morning breath be damned. Taehyung is taken by surprise but kisses you eagerly, moaning when your hand wraps around his semi-hard cock until it’s hard in your hand.
“Doll,” he murmurs in between kisses. “We need to hurry.”
“Just a quickie, Tae. I promise it’ll be fast. I just want to feel you inside me again. Want to think about you all day,” you moan as you straddle his hips, your wet cunt grinding against his cock. Taehyung curses, nodding as he holds your hips. You line his cock up at your entrance, taking every inch of him with a whine and a cry of his name.
“Fuck, love.” Taehyung rasps, head thrown back into the pillows as your warmth envelops him. “Ride my cock, baby. Please.”
His soft pleas are all you need to ride him, ignoring the burn in your thighs as your nails dig into his chest. You lean down to connect your lips, kissing him passionately as you bounce on his dick. He’s so deep, so fucking deep and it makes your head spin. You do your best to muffle your moans by biting your lip, but it gets harder as he grabs your hips and lifts his to meet yours with each of his thrusts.
Taehyung’s eyes are focused on your bouncing tits, sitting up on an elbow to take one pert nipple into his mouth, teeth tugging gently as you lose yourself to the pleasure. Your nails dig into his chest, dragging down to his abdomen as your pussy tightens around him. So close.
Just like you promised, it doesn’t take much longer until you’re clenching around him, muffling your screams of pleasure in his chest as you come. Taehyung is close behind, biting back moans as he cums inside you once again.
You fall boneless on his chest, panting.
“Fuck, I could go for more but I’m afraid I’d end up split open at the hospital.”
Taehyung cackles, shaking his head as he runs his fingers through your hair. “You’re ridiculous, baby.”
“I’m honest,” you stick your tongue out at him before climbing off. Your muscles ache as you groan with each step you take to collect your clothing.
“I wish you could stay,” Tae pouts from his spot on the bed.
“Me too but we can talk on Sunday. We’ll have plenty of time,” you assure him as you finish getting dressed. You plant a kiss on his lips before you’re opening his bedroom door. You stick your head out into the hallway, only hearing his parents talking downstairs before you head to the bathroom to start the shower. You figure you can run to your room in a robe or towel after. Maybe you’ll be lucky enough and won’t wake Alea while looking for clothes.
~
“What the fuck is that?!” Hoseok gasps as he walks into Alea’s room without knocking.
“Hoseok!” You screech, shutting the door after him.
“Bitch! You’re covered in hickeys from the tits down!”
“Do you not have a mute setting?! Do you want Taehyung’s parents to find out he’s a cannibal!”
“TAEHYUNG?!?!” Ooh, you could strangle Hobi.
“Will you shut the fuck up?! My god,” you huff, covering his mouth with your hand. Hoseok takes a minute to calm down before he pulls your hand off his face.
“You and Tae fucked? When? How?”
“Yes, last night and this morning. Missionary and cowgirl,” you answered each of his questions and he grimaced.
“Ew! No, I meant how did it happen not how you took his dick. Damn bitch,” Hoseok shakes his head and you giggle.
“We were at my house setting up Christmas decorations and we ended up under the mistletoe and we kissed,” you gush.
“So how did a mistletoe kiss end with you taking Tae’s monster cock?”
“Don't call it that, you dork,” you roll your eyes. “I don’t know. I mean, we got back home, and we kept kissing. He said he missed me and we fucked.”
“So what happens now?”
“We’re gonna get through the wedding and talk on Sunday. We don’t want Alea or anyone getting their hopes up. You just don’t know how to knock,” you huff.
Hoseok holds his hands up in surrender. “I was just coming to tell you to hurry. How was I supposed to know Taehyung was a vampire? Sucking on your body like you’re his last meal and shit,” Hoseok tsks.
“Shut up! It was so good, too. I forgot how good he fucks me.” you sigh dreamily, the ache between your thighs making itself noticeable.
Hobi chuckles. “Well, aren’t you a sight for sore eyes now that you’ve gotten some dick? Tone it down though, or someone might suspect.”
“Thanks, Seok. I’ll keep that in mind. Now, can you leave so I can get dressed?”
“Ooh, sure thing. Come on, Barbie. Let’s go party!”
“Ooh-oh! Ohh-oh!”
~
Music fills the reception hall as you step inside. You’ve gotten a ride with Taehyung, Hoseok, and Yoongi.
Alea and Seokjin are greeting guests at the entrance. You’ve rehearsed your walk for the ceremony with Namjoon. They’ve gone through the whole thing and now you could relax until it was time for your speech.
Snow has started to fall outside, just a light sprinkle that doesn’t quite stick to the ground but Alea is worried about the forecast for tomorrow. As of now, everything is still on but there’s no plan B if the snow grows heavier.
For now, you focus on the present. You and Taehyung haven’t had a moment to yourselves all day, just like you thought. You’ve exchanged glances across the room, secret smiles, and friendly waves but you're yearning to kiss him, to have him press you to the wall and feel your body underneath your thin dress. The dress he picked out for you to wear tonight.
Coincidentally, or not, his tie matches your dress, and it reminds you of your Senior Prom where you danced the night away and shared stolen kisses behind the school’s auditorium.
Tonight, Taehyung looks charming in his suit and tie. His mop of chestnut brown hair was tamed for once in beautiful curls that frame his face beautifully. He really is a model.
Taehyung is all smiles as he greets his family, introducing you and your friends to a few before you excuse yourself to join Namjoon and Yoongi at the bar.
“Well boys, looks like we're getting our two eldest hitched,” you grin. Namjoon chuckles and Yoongi rolls his eyes.
“What? Are you next or something?” Yoongi teases and you scoff.
“Must you?”
“I must,” Yoongi smiles smugly as he raises his glass to his lips. Namjoon does the same to hide his confusion but you know Yoongi can’t help but prod and tease.
“Gonna fight me for the bouquet tomorrow?”
“I might, just so I can whack you over the head with it,” you mutter.
Namjoon smiles. “I’m sensing some hostility here and honestly, I’m off the clock as a therapist so I will see my way out. Stay safe.”
“You scared him off,” You frown.
Yoongi scoffs. “Please, it’s the holiday season and there’s an open bar. Connect the dots, doll.”
“Hm, you right,” you giggle as you chat with Yoongi, not feeling the need to socialize with everyone around. It’s been hard enough to get Alea and Seokjin alone to hang, much less have a quick chat, so you’ve kept yourself busy with Tae and visits with your father.
“You look phenomenal in your dress!” Jimin exclaims when he approaches you with Jungkook on his arm.
“Thanks! Tae picked it out for me, actually.”
“Is that so?” Jungkook raises a brow.
“Yeah?”
“Interesting,” Jimin comments with a sneer.
“Very interesting, indeed,” Jungkook agrees.
“Alright, twiddle-dumb and dumber, I’ve got other things to do,” Yoongi excuses himself and leaves you with them.
“Taehyung doesn’t pick out clothes for just anyone.” Jimin states matter of fact.
“He charged me $50 to pick out a shirt last time,” Jungkook rolls his eyes.
“And you paid him?” You ask incredulously.
Jungkook blushes. “Should I not have?”
"Oh, baby . We gotta talk about your spending habits,” Jimin coos, shaking his head as he walks away with a pouting Jungkook.
Taehyung comes over a second later, surprised when you smack his arm.
“Ow! What was that for?”
“Quit charging your brother for fashion advice!” You hiss.
Taehyung smirks. “Quickest $50 bucks I ever made.”
“Tae!”
“Fine,” he rolls his eyes. “I won’t charge Jungkook anymore for fashion advice.”
“Good.”
“I’ll charge him for brotherly advice,” Taehyung beams and you smack his arm again.
“Ah, the lovebirds getting along swimmingly,” Hoseok cackles as he arrives.
“You told him?” Tae asks in a whisper.
“He saw the hickeys you left on me, you animal,” you hiss.
“Yeah, you’ve got a mouth on you,” Hoseok nods.
“I left those where only I could see,” Taehyung growls.
“Hobi doesn’t know how to knock.”
“I said I was sorry. I thought you were asleep,” Hoseok responds hissing.
“Maybe you should knock from now on,” Taehyung suggests.
“I will if you’re trying to eat her alive,” Hoseok sticks his tongue out and turns on his heel, so much for pleasant dinner conversation.
“We should find our seats soon,” Taehyung says as he orders a drink from the bar. You nod in agreement, waiting for him to get his drink before walking to your table and finding your seat. You’ve forgotten all about your speech but you check to make sure it’s still in your tiny little purse. You sigh in relief when you spot it.
~
It’s not much longer till everyone makes their speech and yours is next. You’d rather not say anything but you’ve agreed and as Namjoon wraps up, you clap with all the others.
Rising to your feet, you introduce yourself. You admit you’re nervous and the guests laugh with you when you let out a little scream.
“Alright, for real this time! Hello, all! I’m the best friend and maid of honor,” you wave shyly. “I’m also known as Barbie Doll to the Kims because of the extensive collection of Barbies I still own in my parents’ home. Please see my dad if you’d like to purchase any of them,” the guests laugh as your dad waves his hand for everyone to see.
“From diaper days to barbie dolls and playing house, one thing has been consistent throughout our childhood games and that’s the love Alea and Seokjin share. From making him be her groom by force to him willingly becoming her groom through love, it’s been a magical love story and I’m very grateful to be a witness to it.” You smile at the happy couple, tears shining in your eyes just to see tears in theirs as well.
Taehyung is in awe of you. You look so cool and confident as you read from your cue notes, smiling brightly at the guests and locking eyes with him as you go down memory lane.
He’s not surprised a lot of your anecdotes include him in some way or another, and as you wrap up, he knows he’s not the only one who had noticed. Your mutual friends are looking between you, wondering if something is up, but it’s all forgotten when Alea takes the mic to thank everyone.
“Seokjin and I want to say thank you for joining us. Our wedding is tomorrow afternoon and we could not be happier to share our special moment with each one of you. So thank you once again and please, enjoy yourselves this evening.”
Cheers and claps fill the hall as dinner gets served and you’re stuck in your chair until dessert is served.
~
Music fills the reception hall soon after dinner is done and you’re finally released from your maid-of-honor duties to party. Alea and Seokjin take over the dance floor, egged on by Jungkook, Jimin, and Namjoon, who’ve spent the night drinking away.
Yoongi and Hoseok are nowhere to be seen but you make a note to avoid any supply closets or dark corners they could have hidden themselves away for a moment.
Taehyung appears at your side, a soft smile on his lips as he wraps an arm around your waist.
“Tae!” You gasp, giggling as you set your drink aside. “Someone will see us!”
“Half of them already know,” he smirks, looking over his broad shoulder to make sure the coast is clear before kissing your cheek. Heat spreads across your skin, hiding your smile behind your hand.
“We promised we wouldn’t steal their thunder,” you remind him.
Taehyung crosses his fingers over his heart. “We won’t. I’m just asking for a dance.”
“Just a dance?” You raise a brow as you take his hand.
“And maybe another kiss under the mistletoe,” he wiggles his eyebrows suggestively and you playfully roll your eyes.
“Come on, Romeo. Show me what you’ve got,” you tease as you join the couples on the dance floor, staying near the edge away from the happy couple. Taehyung holds you carefully in his arms, dancing and smiling so wide his cute cheeks hurt but he doesn’t care. He never imagined how wonderful it would be to have you in his arms again and to know the two of you were heading toward your own happy ending.
“Taehyung,” you giggle when he spins you, bringing you in closer.
“Yes, my love?” He’s all smiles as you press yourself to his chest, lips a hair’s breadth away. Your body tingles, lips craving the taste of his and it’s like everything melts away into the background. You miss the curious gazes of your friends, bumping into each other with their breath caught in their throats as they wait for a kiss.
“Can I cut in?” You break apart from Taehyung with a nod once you hear your father’s voice.
“I’ll be around, doll,” Taehyung assures you. He waves at your father, before disappearing into the crowd.
“I didn’t mean to interrupt, darling,” Your father says as he takes your hand in his, dancing with you. “Lord, it’s been so long since I’ve danced. Good to know it’s like riding a bike.”
“What was your wedding like?” You ask as you sway to the music.
“Small, we didn’t have a lot of friends and family around. Honestly, we planned it in a week,” your dad chuckles as he spins you. His smile grows brighter as he tells you all about it, dancing the whole time until one song turns to three and he’s letting you go.
“I’m heading home,” he states. “It’s getting late and my bed is calling.”
“Text me when you get home safe, dad,” you hug him tight, fighting the tears that threaten to spill. “I love you.”
“I will. I love you too, darling. I’m glad you came home for Christmas. It’s been so nice having you around,” with that said, he released you and headed out.
Alone on the dance floor, you decide to freshen up in the bathroom. You grab your purse from under the table and head out of the reception hall, down a hallway until you see the restrooms.
Pushing the door open, you’re greeted by an empty couch and a few stalls further inside with a few guests lingering about and chatting as you head to a sink. You open your purse, take out a few makeup wipes to dab at your eyes, and then redo your lipstick. You check your teeth, pop a mint and close your purse once all your belongings are safe inside.
With a smile, you head for the exit. Your heels click against the marble flooring, announcing your presence long before you appear.
You reach the reception hall entrance, pausing when you hear a familiar chuckle from the other end of the hall around the corner that leads to the kitchen.
Curiously, you take a step forward as quietly as possible, not wanting your heels to give you away. You press against the wall as a woman’s voice fills the space; her giggle makes you raise a brow as it’s followed by a low, familiar chuckle.
“Well, it was nice seeing you again, but I should go,” Taehyung says. You peek over the corner and see him being pulled into an embrace by the woman dressed in a chef’s hat and coat.
She kisses his cheek, and you gasp. Taehyung immediately turns around, stepping away from the woman as you turn to leave.
Taehyung curses. He hastily waves at the woman before turning on his feet to chase after you.
“Doll, please wait!” He calls after you as you head for the front door.
“No!"
“Doll, you’re gonna fall in those heels!” Taehyung quickened his pace, dress shoes sliding along the floor as he caught up to you. He’s gentle when his large hand wraps around your wrist.
“Baby, please let me explain,” he begs, dark eyes trying to read yours. Tears pool at the corner of your eyes and you sniffle. You don’t want him to see you cry and your sadness turns to anger at his words.
“That’s rich, Taehyung,” you scoff as you shake his hand off and cross your arms over your chest. The snow has picked up outside and you curse yourself for checking in your coat with the attendant nowhere to be found.
How bad would it be to wait for a ride in the snow?
“Baby, she’s nobody, okay? We hooked up once years ago, and I didn’t know she would be here. She caught me in the hall when I was looking for you. I swear, doll. You’re the only one for me,” Taehyung swears, his hands holding both of yours.
You bite your lip, eyeing him carefully. You’d known him long enough to know when he was lying and when he was being sincere and your heart clenched in your chest. “I’m the only one?”
“The only one, baby. I don’t want anyone else but you. I swear it,” he raises his pinkie finger to yours and you raise yours to loop with his.
“Come here,” he pulls you into his arms, squeezing you tightly. He kisses the side of your head, holding you close. “I’m never letting you go again, baby. Never ever.”
You laugh against his shoulder. “I think someone may eventually stumble upon us if we keep standing here.”
Taehyung chuckles. “You know what I meant, you brat.”
You giggle. The sound is music to his ears as he looks at you, wiping the stray tears from your cheeks. He apologizes again, pressing a kiss to the tip of your nose.
Taking a step back and then another, you’re soon pressed to the wall beside the coat check-in, hidden slightly by a velvet maroon curtain. Taehyung puts his large hand on the wall beside your head while the other grips your chin as he tilts your head for you to look at him.
“I can’t wait for Sunday. I can’t wait to figure this out. I want to be with you now and forever, doll. I only want you.”
“I only want you, Tae,” you assure him, licking your lips as he smiles sweetly, leaning forward to capture your lips with his. “Only ever want you.”
Taehyung kisses you again, cupping your face as the kiss deepens and your moans are silenced against his lips.
Unbeknownst to you, Yoongi and Hoseok appear from the coat closet panting, with ruffled hair, shirts untucked, and ties undone as they see the two of you kissing as if it was your last night together.
They sneak away with giggles and shared smiles. Yoongi grins, “I knew they couldn’t keep their hands off each other.”
Hoseok chuckles. “Neither can we. Come on, babe. Let’s get some cake.”
SATURDAY DECEMBER 25
“Honey, it’s okay,” Minsu tries to assure her daughter, who is pacing back and forth in the living room. Everyone is gathered by the TV, watching the weather forecast, and is just as stressed as Alea.
Snow had fallen heavily through the night, causing roads to be closed as well as the location for the ceremony. Despite the snow plows working hard to clear the roads, snow had fallen too quickly for them to keep up. There was hope of it clearing up later in the afternoon, but for now, there was no choice but to stay home.
“What are we going to do?” Alea cried into her hands. You wrap her up in a hug.
“We have the wedding license and I can marry you anywhere,” Hoseok reminds her. She nods as she looks across the room. She rises from her seat and wipes her tears.
“Do you want to marry me today?” Alea asks Seokjin, who grins brightly and wraps her up in a hug.
“I’d marry you any day, anywhere. Nothing can stop me, baby.” Seokjin kisses her lips quickly and Alea grins. They exchange quick ‘love yous’ and take a deep breath, exhaling before turning to everyone.
“Let’s do this!”
Cheers erupt in the living room. Alea and Seokjin are so grateful to their friends and family.
“Namjoon and Taehyung, you two call our families and let them know about the change in location for the ceremony,” Seokjin instructs. Both men nod, taking their cell phones out.
“Jimin and Jungkook, please shovel the backyard enough for an aisle,” Alea says. Jimin and Jungkook nod, scrambling off the loveseat to get their coats on.
“Mom, can you do my hair?” Alea asks before turning to you. “And can you do my makeup?”
You both agree eagerly, taking her upstairs to her bedroom as the three of you chat about what her ideas were.
Seokjin turns to Yoongi and Hoseok, “Can I count on you two to make a large batch of hot chocolate and cookies for guests? I’m hoping the roads will be clear by the time the reception is to take place. I’ll call the wedding planner and get an update. She lives near the hall and she’s not afraid to drive in this. Maybe she can pick up the caterers as well.”
“We’ve got this!” Yoongi assured his eldest friend, pushing him in the basement's direction so he could make those calls. “Don’t worry about anything!”
Once the guests begin to arrive, most by foot, the house is lively with excitement. Haejin has wrestled up a wedding arch from somewhere and your father popped in to help decorate the backyard for the wedding. Christmas decorations littered the yard but fit well with Alea and Seokjin’s Winter Wonderland theme so you were grateful for that. Sure, it wasn’t their ideal location but at the end of the day they’d be husband and wife, and that’s all that mattered.
“I can’t believe it’s still snowing!” Alea huffs as she tried to sit still while you helped Minsu put the veil on her daughter’s head.
“It’ll be okay, honey. Everyone made it here safely, and the snow has slowed significantly. Seokjinie said the reception hall is decorated and ready to go. The caterer arrived with her staff and the cake made it to the venue in one piece. The DJ will be picked up soon and everyone will get there safely.” Minsu informs her daughter and Alea visibly relaxes.
Minsu turns to you and fussed at you to get ready once Alea’s hair and makeup is done. You nod, hurrying to do your hair and makeup while Minsu does the same.
“I can’t believe I’m getting married,” Alea smiles with hearts in her eyes as she pins your hair up, sliding a glittery hairpiece in place.
“Me too,” You grin. “Oh, you’re such a beautiful bride, Lea!”
Alea hugs you from behind. “Thank you for coming. I know things with Tae had been tough but I appreciate you setting it aside for this.”
“Of course, Alea. I'd do anything for you,” you look at her in the mirror's reflection.
Alea smirks. “So you’ll tell me about you kissing my brother last night?”
“What?!”
Alea giggles as she sits beside you. She grabs the blush and a brush to put some on your cheeks.
“Oh, yeah. Yoongi and Hoseok totally blabbed,” she giggles and you join her.
“How did they even see us? They disappeared for most of the night,” you roll your eyes.
“Something about the coat closet missing an attendant,” Alea shrugs. “I think they were just hooking up though. They’re not as secretive as they think.”
“You know about them too?”
“I’ve known for ages. Hoseok looks at Yoongi the same way Taehyung looks at you, babe. The way Jinnie looks at me and Jungkookie at Jiminie. Love is very easy to see,” Alea smiles sweetly as she dusts a bit of blush on the tip of your nose.
“We didn’t want to say anything until after the wedding,” you assure her.
Alea laughs. “You know I don’t care about that. I’m just glad you and Tae are speaking again. I don’t know what the two of you are but I hope it’ll work out for you, sweetie. I love you like a sister, and you’re already part of the family. I just want you to be happy. Truly and irrevocably happy.”
“Alea,” you say her name as your lip trembles and tears threatened to spill.
“Ah, ah!” She clicks her tongue, dabbing at your eyes. “No crying on my wedding day.”
You laugh wetly. “No promises!”
Alea giggles. “Ugh, don’t I know it. I don’t know if I’ll make it past my vows or Seokjin’s without shedding a tear. Hell, I might just cry when my dad gives me away.”
“I’ll hide the makeup wipes in my bra,” you tell her with a smile. She nods, hugging you tight before telling you it’s time to get dressed.
“The guests are waiting outside. It’s time, baby girl,” Haejin says as he peeks his head into his daughter’s bedroom. You rise from your seat and step out, allowing Haejin to have a moment with his daughter. Thankfully, the photographer and videographer had made it to the home, picked up by Jungkook and Jimin just an hour before.
“I’m ready,” Alea breathes with a waver in her voice. Haejin blinks his tears away, hugging his daughter for a moment as you dab at your eyes. You were not going to keep your promise of no tears.
Stepping carefully, you head down the stairs with your bouquet in your hands. You’re wrapped up in your coat over your red maid-of-honor dress. Perhaps choosing one with just one strap and a straight neckline wasn’t the best choice now that you were heading outside.
“Wow! You look beautiful,” Namjoon compliments the moment he sees you. You thank him with a smile as you loop your arms through his.
“Are you ready?” He asks you as Alea and her father join you at the door that leads to the backyard.
“Let’s do this!” Alea exclaims, and the door opens as music fills the backyard courtesy of Jungkook’s Bluetooth speaker.
Slowly, you take your first steps outside with Namjoon at your side, clutching your bouquet as you realize the snow has finally stopped. You sigh in relief, Namjoon’s dimpled smile meeting yours. He turns to look forward as do you and your heart stops.
Taehyung stands proudly beside Seokjin, his eyes focused solely on you as you make your way down the aisle in your dress. You look absolutely radiant even in the chill of the early afternoon weather. Thoughts race across his mind, settling on the one that pictures you walking toward him in the arm of your father while he waits at the altar. His heart flips in his chest, tears rolling down his cheeks slowly. He chuckles as he wipes them away with a sheepish smile. Jungkook hands him a tissue discreetly and Taehyung thanks him. One day , Taehyung promised. One day, it would be you and him at the altar, promising each other forever and a day.
When you reach the altar, you smile at Taehyung through unshed tears, giving him a small nod, almost as if you could read his mind. That little nod sends his heart fluttering, assuring him he’s not the only one fully in this. You want him just as he wants you, a future, a family, a home .
The wedding march begins, and the guests turn to watch Alea enter with her father. Tears are shed by the guests. She looks like an angel as she slowly makes her way down the aisle. You turn to watch Seokjin. His smile is radiant even through his tears as he watches the love of his life walking down the aisle toward him. To him, nothing exists but his beautiful bride. Nothing could have kept him from going through with the wedding and even though he’s sure Alea’s freezing without her coat on, he knows she would think the same thing.
“Hi,” Alea giggles when she reaches Seokjin. Haejin, kisses her cheek, handing her over to Seokjin with a sad smile as he steps away to join his wife.
“Hi,” Seokjin breathes, cheeks pink, and his heart hammering in his chest.
Hoseok smiles, greeting the guests and thanking them for coming to the new location despite the weather. “We’ve got confirmation that the roads have been cleared and the reception shall be held in the reception hall. So carefully drive over after the ceremony and now without further ado, let’s get this show on the road!”
Soft glances and tear-filled smiles are exchanged between you and Taehyung as you watch two of your best friends get married. Tears flow freely at their vows, and no amount of dabbing at your eyes helps as you cry.
Alea hands you her bouquet before joining hands with Seokjin.
“It brings me great joy to pronounce you husband and wife. Seokjin, you May kiss your bride!” Hoseok exclaims proudly.
Alea and Seokjin kiss, cheers, and claps fill the snowy backyard. Everyone forgets about how cold they are or how their noses are frozen and their bodies shivering. The joy that the bride and groom exude is enough for them as the couple breaks apart, with love in their eyes and deep in their hearts.
“With great pleasure, I introduce for the first time, Mr. and Mrs. Seokjin Kim!”
Alea takes her bouquet, raising it over her head in a cheer. She giggles as flower petals are thrown at her and her husband. She steps forward with him in tow, hands linked as they lean away from each other and toward their parents to give hugs and kisses before heading back inside.
Jungkook and Jimin scoop Namjoon away with them while Hoseok laces hands with Yoongi until it’s just you and Taehyung at the altar.
Slowly, guests trickle back inside for a snack of hot chocolate and sugar cookies, while their rides are settled and their excitement buzzes with celebrations of the happy couple.
Once the door is shut and you’re left alone in the snow with Taehyung, you clutch your bouquet in your hands as you pull your coat tighter, a shiver going down your spine.
“You look beautiful, doll. I couldn’t keep my eyes off you,” he chuckles as he holds his hand out for you to hold.
“Tae!” You chide. “It was your sister’s wedding!”
“So? I see her all the time,” Taehyung laughs. “No, but in all seriousness, you’re breathtaking.”
“You don’t look so bad yourself. Almost like a model,” you tease.
“Almost?” Taehyung raises a dark brow, his voice low, and it makes your body thrum with excitement and arousal. “Why don’t I take you back to my room and model nude for you?”
You curse, nearly panting and salivating at his words. Your body is flushed with heat and an icy wind does nothing to cool you off. Beneath you, snow crunches beneath your feet and you bite your lip to keep from agreeing. You’ve got to be the one thinking clearly, there are almost 100 guests stuffed in Tae’s childhood home and any of them could hear you writhing in pleasure beneath him.
“Taehyung!” You slap his shoulder playfully instead, shaking your head. “You’re such a tease!”
“I don’t have to be,” he licks his lips and you moan before covering your mouth with your hand after dropping your bouquet in the snow.
A look at the sky promises more snow and another shiver wracks through your body.
“Listen, I know we said we’d talk tomorrow, but the waiting is killing me,” Taehyung sighs heavily. “I’ve said a lot of what I had to these past few days and I know we’re on the same page but I just need it all out in the open at once.”
You nod, allowing him to continue.
“I love you, baby. I never stopped loving you. Leaving you behind and not telling you about Paris will always be my biggest regret.”
“Tae-”
“No, please,” Taehyung interrupts. “Let me finish.”
“Okay.”
“I can’t say sorry enough and I wish I had fought harder for you. I hate that we wasted so much time being apart and angry at each other. I missed you, I missed us. I missed seeing your face every morning and stealing kisses in our homes so we wouldn't be caught,” he smirks.
“We did get caught,” you laugh. “Your mom banned sleepovers in your room.”
“Yeah but that was after we’d already given each other our virginity so, I count it as a win!” Taehyung chuckles and you smack his shoulder.
“Shut up!”
Taehyung smiles, eyes shut tight and hair curled at his forehead. “I love you and I want to be with you now and forever. I never want to lose you again, baby. I know you’ve got your career and your life with Hoseok in the city and I’ve got my career but I know we can make this work. I’ll do anything to make this work.”
“Tae, I feel the same. I can’t lose you again. I said some awful, hateful things to you and I’ll regret them for as long as I live. I love you, I always have and I can’t go much longer without you in my life. I’m moving back here, back home with Hoseok and Yoongi. I don’t know all the details but I’m willing to try again if you are?”
Taehyung grins, pulling you into a tight hug. “Really? You’re moving back?”
“Yes! It might be a bit to figure everything out but I’ll be back home soon. Back to you,” you say into his shoulder as he releases you.
“Nothing would make me happier, doll!”
“And with my new job I can work from anywhere so if I had to go with you on a work trip, I could as long as I have my laptop,” you inform him.
Taehyung’s smile only grows brighter, just like his outlook on your future.
“Baby!” Taehyung kisses you on the lips repeatedly in his excitement.
“Wherever you are is the only place I want to be,” you assure him as you wrap your arms around his neck. His forehead rests against yours, as you hold each other for a moment. Everything was falling perfectly in place.
“Be mine again?” He whispers against your lips.
“Of course, Tae. Nothing would make me happier,” you smile, your cheeks beginning to ache from doing it so much.
When he pulls you closer, your knee bumps into the pocket of his pants and he steps back.
“Oh! I have something for you,” he says excitedly as his hand goes into his pants pocket. You raise a brow at him in curiosity as he digs deep in his pocket before pulling out a small black velvet box.
“Tae?” You panic slightly, taking a step back and he chuckles.
“It’s not an engagement ring, you ding-dong,” he laughs as he sees the fear etched in your face.
“Oh, thank god!”
“Nice to know that’s how you feel,” he jokes with a teasing smile.
“We literally just got back together after being broken up for years,” you stick your tongue out.
“Don’t worry, I wouldn’t propose at my sister’s wedding. She’d stuff the ring up my nose before I even got down on my knee.”
You cackle, you know he’s right. Alea would have none of it and you’re not sure Seokjin would hold back either.
Taehyung opens the box slowly to build anticipation, but he’s also afraid it will fall out and get lost in the snow. Besides, you could already hear the guests leaving the home to head to the reception hall. You know soon, someone would urge you to get inside and head out but for now it was just you and Taehyung and that’s the way you wanted to keep it.
“Oh, Tae! It’s beautiful!” You gasp when you see the snowflake sitting in the box. It’s got a thin silver necklace and the prettiest little snowflake you’ve ever seen. Taehyung turns the back around and the tiniest little T hides engraved on it.
“T, huh?” You giggle and his cheeks turn pink.
“A coincidence,” he fibs.
“That you paid for?”
“That I paid for, yes,” his blush deepens.
“Help me put it on?” You ask as you turn around for him. Taehyung carefully takes the necklace out of the box, gently putting it around your neck and closing the clasp. He kisses the spot above it on your neck and you turn to face him with love in your eyes.
“I love it,” you state with your fingers holding the snowflake delicately. “I love you .”
Taehyung wraps you up in his arms once again, knowing he should get you inside soon, the both of you are nearly freezing out in the piles of snow.
“I love you too, baby. Now, tomorrow and forever,” he promises as he cups your face with his hands, which are somehow warm despite your time outside.
“I love you now, tomorrow, and forever, Taehyung,” you repeat, locking eyes with his and your heart flutters in your chest as his thumbs caress your cheeks.
Slowly, Taehyung leans in, gently capturing your lips with his own as he kisses you deeply.
Too soon, you’re springing apart with a gasp. A snowflake lands on the apples of your cheeks and another on Taehyung’s nose. You both look up at the sky as snowflakes come down above the two of you.
With bright smiles and frozen cheeks, you look at each other and laugh. “It’s a Christmas miracle.”
“A nuisance for your sister,” you remind him. “We should probably head to the reception before it gets worse.”
Taehyung agrees as he picks your bouquet off the ground and holds it in his hands. He gazed at it, smiling to himself. “One day you’ll have your own bouquet.”
“Tae!” You giggle as you wrap yourself around him, giddy with love and adoration, hopeful for the future ahead of you.
“I promise, love. It’s you and me against the world,” Taehyung chuckles, kissing your head. You meet his gaze, lacing your fingers either him.
“I wouldn’t have it any other way.”
Taehyung kisses you again, soft and slow as he cradles your face in his hands. Your lips move in sync, his tongue meeting yours as the kiss deepens and your heart beats rapidly in your chest.
As snow falls around you and you exchange Christmas kisses, your world feels complete.
Taehyung parts from your lips for just a moment. “Merry Christmas, baby.”
“Merry Christmas, Tae.”
thank you for reading! ♡ if you liked it, please let me know! 💌
© jjungkookislife - I do not allow reposts or translations of my work on any platforms, this includes Youtube.
#bangtanarmynet#btsgoldnet#btshoneyhive#clubzerooclock#taehyung x reader insert#taehyung fanfiction#taehyung smut#taehyung x y/n#taehyung angst and smut#taehyung x reader#bts christmas fic#taehyung christmas fanfiction
282 notes
·
View notes
Text
from summer to winter, i’ll be yours
pairing: jinkook
genre: angst, fluff, gods au, supernatural au, rated t
warnings: mild violence, scars, mentioned homophobia, mentioned natural disasters, reincarnation
words: 6240
summary: Seokjin had learned long ago that he and Jeongguk could never really be together, but his time as summer is almost over and he'll wait as long as he has to before winter comes to pass.
4.5
Seokjin is only allowed out during the months of summer.
Any other time of the year, he depends on Jimin to share news of the outside world with him.
Unbeknownst to the other gods, Seokjin also depends on Jimin to share other things with him as well.
When Jimin comes rounding the corner to Seokjin's quaint little home in the realm of summer, he always bears a letter for Seokjin.
A letter delivered all the way from the realm of winter.
A letter from Jeon Jeongguk.
Jimin always hands it to him with a smile, the tip of his hat a bit crumpled by the wind and it's customary that Seokjin invites him inside, treats him to a meal and something cool to drink while he pours over his letter. Then, when Jimin is done eating, Seokjin will make him read the letter aloud, imagining that it's Jeongguk's voice instead.
Before Jimin is sent on his way again, Seokjin sits down to pen a responding letter back to Jeongguk, ignoring the pain in his hand stemming from the scars, and seals the letter before handing it to Jimin to take with him. Jimin always smiles kindly and puts it into his bag carefully, arms already thrown out to embrace Seokjin by the time he's done.
Seokjin packs him some more food and offers him another drink, ruffling Jimin's hair at the door once he's on the doorstep again, the wings on his shoes already coming to life to fly him away again.
Jimin leaves with Seokjin's heart in his bag and returns with Jeongguk's.
It's how it's always been. It's how it will always go.
He's met Jeongguk a handful of times before, but that hadn't stopped them from falling for one another.
1
Seokjin strolls leisurely down the sidewalk, content with the way that sunlight falls onto his face.
It's warm in Seoul, almost on the verge of hot, but it's springtime right now and Seokjin was granted permission to enter the human world earlier than usual in a few certain areas of the world. Seoul, South Korea just happened to be one of these few locations.
People around him are dressed in jeans and sneakers, young by the looks of them but Seokjin has never been good at determining human's ages. He's not very sure about what part of Seoul he's in right now, but the people around him have backpacks with them and sweat accumulating on their brows, so perhaps he's around a school of some sort.
No one bothers him as he walks by. A few people stop and stare at him, his aura glowing bright enough to be on the verge of being seen to the human eye. But Seokjin thinks they might be oggling at him because of his face instead.
He'd studied humans comprehensively, figuring out what kind of face wouldn't stand out to them, but he might've gone just a tad bit overboard. When he pauses to gaze at himself in the window of a shop, he realizes that he sticks out like a sore thumb from the people around him for many reasons.
He's quite attractive, more attractive than what is normal and the glow that surrounds him makes him look like the god that he truly is. He ruffles his hair in an attempt to make himself less attractive, but it only heightens his looks and he pouts at his reflection.
And that's when he sees him.
A hooded figure sitting at an outside cafe table, a brilliant blue aura engulfing them whole. Seokjin shivers when the figure looks up in his direction, mouth agape as they stare. Seokjin rolls his shoulders back and turns around, quickly making his way towards the blue aura.
The figure doesn't move, but Seokjin can tell that they want to run.
He sits down across from them, smiling to himself when a waiter instantly appears and asks for his order. Seokjin takes a glance at the menu and orders in perfect Korean, watching the waiter disappear inside as he turns to face the winter spirit.
"You know, it seems pretty late in the year for you to be about. Did you get lost on your way back home?" Seokjin asks, leaning back in his chair as the hooded figure peers up at him. "It's much too hot for that hood to be comfortable."
They don't reply at first, merely stare at Seokjin as he settles himself in. But then Seokjin watches with immense pleasure as they straighten in their chair and remove their hood.
Seokjin kind of wishes they hadn't once he takes in the man's face. He's young, not by just human standards, but by immortal standards as well. Seokjin drinks in his full of the man's small mouth, his doe eyes, and his large nose that's particularly round near the end of it. He's very handsome, by any standards really.
Seokjin wonders if his appearance only extends to his human form. He hopes not, but seeing as this is their first meeting, he can't be too sure.
The man is starting to fidget though and Seokjin snaps out of his trance, smiling reassuringly at him. "Your eyes are a lovely color."
A flush begins to work across his face. "They're just brown."
His voice is just as pleasant as his face, Seokjin thinks.
"A lovely brown. Nothing plain about them, you know," Seokjin chastises.
"Whatever you say then." The man blinks and blushes furiously and thenー "Your, um, eyes are...lovely, too."
Seokjin preens under the compliment, a warm feeling settling into his gut as the man avoids looking him in the eye. "Thank you."
"So," Seokjin says after the waiter has appeared with Seokjin's order. "How long have you been living in the realm of winter?"
The man shifts uncomfortably in his seat. "How do you know I'm from the realm of winter?"
Seokjin shrugs. "When you've been a god for long enough, you tend to recognize others. For instance, anyone from winter has a blue aura. Since I'm from summer, my aura is gold. Spring is green and fall is red."
The man blinks, surprised by the information and nods. "I've been living in winter for twenty-one hundred years."
"Oh, you're young. Very young. I've been living in summer for twenty-six hundred years."
"What are you doing here in Seoul?" The man, a boy really now that Seokjin knows his age, asks.
Seokjin smiles. "I was granted permission to visit a few places early and bring summer with me."
"Bring summer with you? So, you mean to say thatー"
"Yes. I'm summer. It's a pleasure to meet you," Seokjin introduces himself. "My name's Seokjin though so don't call me Summer."
The boy nods sheepishly. "I'm Jeongguk. It's nice to meet you as well."
"You're winter!" Seokjin exclaims as he claps his hands together. "No wonder your aura is so strong."
Jeongguk flushes, not having expected that Seokjin would know who he is. "Your aura is also strong."
"Thank you." Seokjin easily accepts the compliment. "But tell me, what is winter doing in Seoul in the later part of spring? Weren't you here just a few months ago?"
"Uh, yes," Jeongguk mutters. "I was, but I snuck away to come back and enjoy spring. Sometimes, it gets too cold in the realm of winter."
Seokjin nods, not as if he understands because he couldn't possibly understand having only visited winter a few times, but as if he isn't judging or reprimanding Jeongguk for wanting to see something different. Seokjin calls the waiter back and orders some more food once he realizes that he's pretty loaded with human money and digs into his scone and latte when the waiter has left. Jeongguk watches him, a half-empty cup of something bitterly sweet standing in front of him. When the waiter returns, Jeongguk watches with mild interest as Seokjin makes room for the new plates of food and it's only when the summer god places a plate in front of him that Jeongguk looks up to meet Seokjin's gaze.
"I'm not sure if you've had this before, but this one is my favorite. You should try it before you get back," Seokjin says with a warm smile.
Everything about Seokjin is warm. From his brown hair to his tanned skin to the comforting personality of his. Jeongguk stares at him for a while, carefully storing every little thing about Seokjin away for later in case this is their first and last time seeing one another.
Seokjin eats without preamble, his human form marveling over the different tastes and textures and Jeongguk smiles, small and shy and barely there, but Seokjin can see it as clear as day as he continues to eat, his own smile spread wide across his lips.
2
When they meet again, it's at the Autumn Takayama Festival held in Japan.
The trees are only just beginning to shed their leaves, the air heavy with the barely there bite of autumn.
Truly, Seokjin hadn't had the slightest clue what had made him want to attend, but he hadn't snuck out of the realm of summer for no reason after all. So here he walks the streets, his appearance more subdued than last time and a pink pullover stretched across his shoulders and chest. Even with a bigger nose and weak chin, Seokjin is still by far the most handsome man on this side of the human world.
It's a bit unfair, maybe if he really thinks about it. He's only gawked at amongst humans, but that's the fate most gods have to endure. Still, it isn't as if Seokjin receives any personal offerings in his actual name anymore.
Sure, there are summer solstices and a few rare villages that still celebrate the changing of the seasons, but there's never enough to actually sustain Seokjin like he used to be. It's unfair that despite being a god, he isn't very well appreciated as much as he should be.
He brings about sunshine and warm weather for the humans, the least they could do is burn up a few apples and pieces of meat in his name. Not much to ask for really.
Seokjin pushes those bitter thoughts away though. He hadn't come to the autumn festival to loathe his mistreatment. He's above that after all.
Seokjin doesn't need for others to love him for him to love himself.
He knows he's the best person he can be and if he's confident in himself, then he sees no reason why he should be upset over others not celebrating him as they used to.
The wind picks up then and lifts the end of his scarf, bringing the tassels up and slapping him across the face once the wind lets them go. Seokjin spits them away, using his hand to push the remaining tassels away.
He really doesn't get human fashion but apparently, this is common attire during autumn.
He keeps walking, taking notice of the golden colors and the street vendors with their hand-woven bracelets, fake gold necklaces, and bland smelling food. Not that the food isn't good, it probably is to humans, Seokjin thinks, but compared to the food he regularly eats in his own home, the food is bland.
There's a live band playing to his right on a small stage surrounded by families lying about on blankets and eating out of baskets. A few babies are crying here and there but their mothers are quick to shush them, rocking them in their arms as they hum a lullaby and wait for their fathers to hand them a bottle. Seokjin pauses when he watches two women cooing over a baby between them.
As far as Seokjin knows about humans, what he's watching isn't very common and in some places frowned upon. He doesn't very well understand why per say, but from the social cues he's gathered from humans he's come into contact with, it's not normal.
And it mustn't be if the glares other families are throwing their way is anything to go off of.
Still, Seokjin wonders why it's not normal. There's nothing wrong about it. The two women are doing the exact same thing other parents are doing with their own children. Hell, they look like they're doing a better job than most actually.
One woman catches him staring and Seokjin smiles, nodding his head and waiting until the woman nods back before looking away again.
Some wordless communication has passed between them and he isn't really sure what they were trying to say to each other.
He starts walking again, passing some more street vendors who do their best to pitch sales at him. Seokjin ignores them, instead focusing on the unlit paper lanterns that line the path and follows them into a courtyard where a large fountain is spouting water in the center of it.
The back of his neck prickles with awareness and Seokjin looks to his left to find Jeongguk perched on the dry ledge encompassing the fountain, his ankles tucked in beneath him. He's wearing a hoodie again, except this time the hood is down and his eyes are brighter than before. His hair is lighter too but for the most part, Jeongguk looks exactly the same as the last time Seokjin saw him.
Jeongguk is watching him intently, his eyes briefly trailing down Seokjin's figure before fixating back on his eyes and wordlessly drawing him close. Seokjin goes willingly, letting the strange pull take him forward the few necessary steps he needs to take before he's settling down a foot away from Jeongguk. Jeongguk's blue aura visibly pulses with an unknown surge and Seokjin shivers as a cold gust of wind rushes through the courtyard, scattering litter, leaves and stray flyers alike.
"Hello again."
Jeongguk turns in his seat, his body angled towards Seokjin. "Hi."
Seokjin smiles and nods. "Do you make it a habit to come out during every season?"
"Maybe," Jeongguk says with a tiny shrug, his face expressionless. "This is my first time in autumn though."
Seokjin nods again. "Me too."
People walk past them, almost all of them clutching shopping bags in their hands as they bustle about. Seokjin smiles at a few pigeons that peck at the ground nearby. Jeongguk is silent as he toys with his fingers, possibly struggling with coming up with something to say, but Seokjin is willing to wait it out.
Seokjin would wait for as long as Jeongguk needs.
"Your face..." Jeongguk begins to say, breaking off with a flush when Seokjin looks up to meet his gaze.
"My face what?" Seokjin prompts.
Jeongguk shrugs again, an amused upwards curl to the corners of his mouth as he speaks. "It's different."
"A good different?"
"I suppose so," Jeongguk says with a little chuckle at the end.
"You suppose so?" Seokjin asks, leaning in a little closer.
Jeongguk laughs now, a breathy sound that makes Seokjin's chest flush with warmth. "I don't know. It's more you than last time, but not you at the same time."
"What do you mean? Don't I look like myself?" Seokjin isn't aware of how close he is to the younger until the edges of his vision are layered in a bright icy blue glow.
He leans away quickly, smiling when he catches sight of the flush working itself across Jeongguk's cheeks. Jeongguk gives him a tentative smile back then shakes his head.
"No, you don't."
Seokjin hums, nodding some more as he looks back towards the pigeons. "Oh."
"Yeah."
Now the air is awkward but Seokjin does his best to ignore the feeling. He's out and about during autumn for fuck's sake. If the council knew, he'd be stripped of his status and reborn as a human much earlier than he had planned to. He feels a little rush of absolute thrill run through him when he realizes how fucked he is if he gets caught.
"Do you want to walk around and watch them light the lanterns with me later?" Seokjin asks, turning to meet Jeongguk's gaze once more.
Jeongguk blinks at him, his doe eyes becoming impossibly wide and Seokjin feels the strange urge to laugh. "Now?"
Seokjin nods, letting the pleased smile he's been fighting back spread wide across his lips. "Yes. Unless you have other plans?"
"No!" Jeongguk shouts then flushes when he realizes how loud that was. "I mean, no. No, I do not have other plans."
"Excellent," Seokjin chuckles, clapping his hands together as he stands with a flourish. "Let's go check out the food stalls."
"Oh, uh, I don't have any money," Jeongguk murmurs quietly as he stands up as well.
Seokjin smiles at him and shrugs. "That's fine. I'll pay. I have too much of this money anyway and I need to get rid of it before I head back, otherwise, I'll be found out. So you're doing me a favor by trying out each and every food vendor with me."
"Each and every...?" Jeongguk trails off, gulping nervously as they begin to leave the courtyard. "I don't know if I can eat that much."
"Trust me," Seokjin says with a smile. "You can."
And if Jeongguk keeps a few feet of space between them the entire time, Seokjin acts none the wiser about it.
3
The council meeting ends easily enough. Seokjin was as bored as ever during it and his report was easy to hand in, so he doesn't know why he's on edge right now.
His hands are clenched into tight fists, his heartbeat a harsh tattoo in his ears and there's a weird tugging sensation in his gut that's beginning to make him feel queasy. Which he finds beyond strange because gods don't feel sick or queasy or ill in the way that humans generally describe their illnesses as.
But he keeps walking, his eyes on his feet, the tugging sensation only increasing as he does. It's strange and uncomfortable and Seokjin barely registers the cold gush of unexpected wind that strikes him in the face when he rounds the corner and steps outside into the main courtyard.
There's a fight going on out here between two winter spirits. Or maybe a winter god and a spirit. Seokjin can't very well tell with the sensation pulling and urging him towards the commotion.
A ring of spring spirits surround the two fighting, all focused on keeping the worst of the harsh winds away from the flowers. The spirits easily break away and leave him a gap to slip through and then the tugging is easing away as he steps closer to the fight.
He can't really see much even with being this up close. The wind blurs most of his sight and what he can see is just jackets flapping into the spirits’ faces and sprinkles of ichor painting the ground.
Seokjin barely has time to think about why the fight hasn't been broken up yet when the tugging sensation comes back with a vengeance and pushes him forward. He holds his hands out to break his fall and the second his hand touches someone else's arm, he knows without a doubt that it's Jeongguk he's touching.
He doesn't know how he knows, but he does and he doesn't have time to expand on that before the world rips apart before his very eyes and his body goes cold, his eyes closing to a darkness that sears the inside of his skull.
Seokjin loses awareness then, but not before he manages to make out Jeongguk's panicked scream ringing in the air around them.
4
Namjoon hovers over him constantly while Seokjin recovers.
It's annoying and Seokjin feels smothered, but he knows better than to take his frustration out on Namjoon. Namjoon is just doing his job as god of medicine to make sure the god of summer recovers just fine. Sure, Namjoon couldn't do anything about the scarring on the back of Seokjin's hand, but considering all the scorched skin Seokjin had first sported, Seokjin is lucky to have Namjoon at his beck and call for the time being.
Instead, Seokjin takes his frustrations out on Jeongguk who he's being forced to send letters through Jimin if he even wants a chance to talk to him. It's dumb and childish and they're gods for fuck's sake, why must they debase themselves to something so elementary?
Still, it goes on like that for a while and Jimin always seems more excited each and every time he comes by to deliver another letter.
Seokjin doesn't understand why until Jimin is jumping up and down on his doorstep one day, waving Jeongguk's letter in Seokjin's face before he tears open the already opened envelope and begins to read the letter aloud in a poor imitation of Jeongguk's voice. Really Seokjin should've seen this coming but he'd been too blinded by his irritation with the winter god to really focus on much else.
"I'd like to meet in winter. Where we first saw one another. Three days time. Please.
Jeongguk."
Seokjin rolls his eyes and takes the envelope, letting Jimin in as he prepares food for the messenger and mulls over Jeongguk's request. Jimin bounces in his seat, excitement making the wings on his shoes flutter. Jimin entertains them by floating a few centimeters off his seat, but Seokjin is much too distracted to even notice if Jimin is still in the same room as him or not.
When Seokjin turns to serve Jimin his food, the messenger doesn't need a verbal confirmation of what he already knows.
Still, it lights him up from the inside when Seokjin immediately begins to gather what he deems necessary and presses his response to Jeongguk's summons into Jimin's hand before the younger god leaves.
Seokjin aimlessly wanders his home for the next two days after that, managing to persuade Namjoon into leaving while he does. He feels as healthy as ever and he knows better than to touch other season gods, but he's still lucky that the council let him off the hook when they realized he was trying to break up the fight. Of course, it had ended with Jeongguk getting two hundred years knocked off his sentence as winter, but that had only seemed to make Seokjin even happier when he realized that he and Jeongguk would be giving up their duties with a smaller window of time separating them now.
A season god can't remain in the same form for more than three thousand years, anything more than that and the god will become violent and unreasonable. Most season gods do not wish to serve more than two thousand and five hundred years anyway. Seokjin had been fine with his life as the god of summer until he met Jeongguk.
He isn't very sure about when it happened, maybe during their back-and-forth chain of letters or maybe before that, but somehow Seokjin had begun to care for the winter god in a way similar to what humans described as love. Seokjin didn't really know how that had happened or how he knew what to compare the emotion too, but the idea had come to him easily and so he had accepted it without preamble.
It's on the day of their meeting that Seokjin easily pops into the human realm and wanders the streets of Seoul for a while. He isn't far from where they had first met, but Seokjin doesn't see a reason to hurry onward.
He's altered his appearance again, his chin stronger and his nose smaller but his brows thicker and the shape of his face slimmer. Seokjin is still pretty handsome compared to other humans anyway, but after Jeongguk claiming he didn't really look like himself, Seokjin had been a little self-conscious about the way he looked now.
It's winter in Seoul, dreadfully cold and not that many people walking about. Seokjin huddles into his jacket and his scarf, a beanie on his head. His gloved hands are buried deep within the pockets of his jacket, the slightest bit cold until he remembers that he's the freaking god of summer.
His aura vibrates around him as heat and the smell of hibiscus and marigolds engulf him. His face feels warmer and he's sure there's a flush steadily working its way across his face, but for the moment, Seokjin is more preoccupied with the tugging sensation making a comeback in his gut.
It's urging him to round the corner and Seokjin knows without a doubt that it's his own personal Jeongguk compass.
So he follows the pull, feeling squeamish with each step until he's past the corner of the street and he can see a hooded figure sitting at their table. The tug lessens as Seokjin crosses the street and then Jeongguk turns in his seat to pin Seokjin with his gaze. Seokjin takes another step and freezes when a violent wind rips the air in front of him.
His vision of Jeongguk is splintered now, but he can clearly make out the panicked look in Jeongguk's eyes as the younger man stands up and rushes towards Seokjin.
The wind grows stronger, a strange ice-cold trail of liquid running down Seokjin's spine as he tries to walk forward again. More wind whips out at him, colder and harsher than before and Seokjin feels glued to the spot. He can't move, he feels frozen solid and Jeongguk is screaming again.
Blue is filling his vision. Seokjin feels as if he'll never be warm again.
There's a hand on his arm now, unfamiliar and familiar all at the same time. Jeongguk is no longer anywhere in Seokjin's sight and Seokjin belatedly realizes that he is no longer in Seoul anymore.
Jimin's grip on him is tight as they jump through the realms, but Seokjin can't focus on anything more than that.
The world rips apart again for the second time and Seokjin blacks out as cold wraps itself around him.
Later, Jeongguk will send a letter to Seokjin apologizing for everything, but Seokjin ignores the majority of the letter and only hangs onto three little words that mean the world to him.
See you soon.
5
Namjoon's hovering is more annoying now.
Seokjin lets him stay longer than last time, but eventually, he's healed again and Jeongguk's sentence has now had another three hundred years deduced from it.
Really, Seokjin's lucky that Jeongguk took the full brunt of the blame for what happened and the blizzard that had wracked Seoul won't be forgotten anytime soon. Seokjin doesn't feel lucky though when Jeongguk sends him another letter saying they can't see one another again.
And he really should have known that would happen.
When season gods come into repeated contact with one another, strange and horrible natural occurrences happen as their spirits become more intertwined. Their auras begin calling to one another whenever the other is nearby, completely blinding the god to the air changing around them until it's far too late. When season gods touch one another, the mark of their season is burned into the other god's skin, proclaiming them connected for the unforeseeable future.
Suddenly, it isn't so strange why Seokjin had been banned from visiting the other season gods without the council's explicit permission to do so.
The crisscrossed snowflakes on the back of his hand are proof enough.
Still, the days grow boring in his home and the realm of summer makes him restless. The days begin to bleed into years and Seokjin barely notices that his time as summer is almost up.
But that also means Jeongguk's time is almost up as well.
Seokjin marks his calendar and spends evenings with Jimin on his back porch, sipping on iced drinks as they coo over Jeongguk's letters.
Before long, Seokjin is standing in the council room with the new summer god in front of him, nervously waiting for Seokjin to pass on his duties.
Hoseok is jittery, sure, but Seokjin knows he'll make a fine god of summer and tells him this before taking Hoseok's trembling hand and letting go of immortality.
Seokjin's life has been pretty uneventful so far. He doesn't feel special or extraordinary and being from a wealthy family doesn't really mean much to him.
Of course, the expensive school trips to Australia and Japan, always having the latest trendiest fashions in his wardrobe and never having to question whether he'd be able to pay for university were comforting things to Seokjin, but in the long run, he knows he'd have been fine without all of that. He's handsome and smart and well-mannered and his love for puns always makes his friends laugh nervously with him.
Seokjin has never wanted for not, but no matter where's he been or what's he done, there's always been an empty hole within him. He doesn't know what's supposed to be there, but something vital about him is missing.
The strange scar on the back of his hand might be able to give him some clues. Maybe, but on the other hand, it always seems to ache whenever it snows or is about to snow and that’s the most Seokjin has ever learned about it.
After staring so intently at the scarring for twenty-six years, Seokjin has come to see crisscrossed snowflakes on the back of his hand. Which he finds ironic because his favorite season is summer.
During summer, he can walk around his apartment shirtless and in boxers while the ac blows cold air into his space. He can use the heat as an excuse for not dressing formally when his parents hold their monthly dinners and if he wants to stick his head into his freezer back at his apartment, he has the full liberty to do just that. Summer means no school, scorching heat and lots of ice cream.
Summer also means that Seokjin's alone.
Sometimes, Seokjin will feel a strange sense of deja vu when he's walking down a street near the university and other times he feels as if he's waiting for someone when he sits down at an outside table at his favorite cafe. He doesn't know why he feels like this, but it's been going on for most of his life so he's just sort of used to it by now.
Still, there's something missing from his life and Seokjin desperately wants to know what it is.
Seokjin strolls leisurely down the sidewalk, content with the way that sunlight falls onto his face.
It's warm in Seoul, almost on the verge of hot, but it's late springtime right now and Seokjin thinks summer might come early this year. He's just finished his early final for his mythology class and he's pretty sure he aced it.
People around him are dressed in jeans and sneakers, very young by the looks of them. They have backpacks with them and sweat accumulating on their brows and Seokjin empathizes with them about this early summer heat and the stress brought on by school.
No one bothers him as he walks by. A few people stop and stare at him, but Seokjin knows they're oggling at him because of his face. He pauses to examine himself in the window of a shop, his sweaty reflection staring back at him.
His brown hair is styled perfectly, parted down the side with the longer half of his hair swept across his forehead. It's a style he's perfected over time after standing for hours in front of his mirror, agonizing over his hair and making his bangs fall just the right way. His nose is just the right length for his face and his plush lips are something he's nicknamed as "blow job lips" and of course, he'd lived up to that title by giving a few lucky guys a blowie or two.
But that's another matter altogether. Right now, Seokjin is in awe of the fact of just how much his face reflects who he truly is. There's almost a glow surrounding him as he ruffles his hair, making him look slightly inhuman and more godly than anything else, but Seokjin ends up smirking when the messy hair only adds to his attractiveness.
And that's when he sees him.
A hooded figure is sitting at his table outside his favorite cafe, something blue about their body engulfing them. Seokjin shivers when the figure looks up in his direction, mouth agape as they stare. He makes a split second decision and rolls his shoulders back as he turns around, quickly making his way towards the figure. Something tugs him closer to the stranger and Seokjin is helpless to defy the feeling as he walks forward.
The figure doesn't move, but Seokjin can tell that they want to run.
He sits down across from them, smiling to himself when a waiter instantly appears and asks for his order. Seokjin doesn't have to take a glance at the menu to know what he wants, yet it's still amusing to see the figure twitch with unease as the waiter walks away.
"You know, it's much too hot for that hoodie to be comfortable," Seokjin murmurs, leaning back in his chair as the hooded figure peers up at him.
They don't reply at first, merely watch Seokjin as he settles himself in. The tugging sensation is gone now and Seokjin feels as if he can breathe easier. But then the hooded figure straightens in their chair and removes their hood.
Seokjin kind of wishes they hadn't once he takes in the man's face. He's young, very young and Seokjin feels as if he knows him from somewhere. He drinks in his full of the man's small mouth, his doe eyes, and his large nose that's particularly round near the end of it. He's very handsome, almost as handsome as Seokjin.
The man starts to fidget in his chair and Seokjin snaps out of his trance, smiling reassuringly at him before blurting the first thing he can think of to break the awkward silence.
"Your eyes are a lovely color."
A flush begins to work across the young man's face. "They're just brown."
His voice is just as pleasant as his face, Seokjin thinks.
"A lovely brown. Nothing plain about them, you know," Seokjin chastises.
"Whatever you say then." The man blinks and blushes furiously and thenー "Your, um, eyes are...lovely, too."
Seokjin preens under the compliment, a warm feeling settling into his gut as the man avoids looking him in the eye and he still can't fight that heavy feeling of deja vu that's plaguing him. "Thank you."
"So," Seokjin says after the waiter has appeared with his order. "Do you come here often?"
"Um," the man mutters, his fingers interwoven together so tightly that Seokjin's unsure if they'll ever be free of one another again. "I guess?"
Seokjin laughs and flushes as well when he realizes how utterly bizarre this all is. He's probably just ruined this cute guy's day.
"Why don't I introduce myself," Seokjin says with a smile, holding his hand out across the table for the man to shake, ignoring the fact that it's his scarred one. "I'm Kim Seokjin. Twenty-six years old and your local still-stuck-in university student."
The man shifts uncomfortably in his seat, eyeing Seokjin's hand warily. "I'm Jeon Jeongguk. I'm twenty-one and I'll be starting at the university nearby next fall."
Jeongguk takes Seokjin's hand and Seokjin barely notices the raised skin on the back of it before the world comes to a stop around them and his scar begins to burn. A sharp awareness flashes between them and Seokjin goes dizzy with all the memories that are flashing in his mind.
Letters. A cute, bunny-like smile. Winged shoes. Scrawly handwriting and amusing doodles of buffed up bunnies. Two bodies tumbling together on the ground. Harsh, cold winds slapping Seokjin in the face. A panicked scream he wishes he'll never have to hear again. The feeling of his skin being burned before he blacks out and then wakes up to his bandaged body being taken care of by someone whose name he can't remember anymore. The fresh crisscrossed snowflakes on his hand as he gripped onto a number of pens tightly as he wrote more love letters to Jeongguk.
Jeongguk.
The world restarts and Seokjin finds that the emptiness within him is filled in now.
"Gukkie," Seokjin murmurs, unshed tears glimmering in his eyes as his scar stops burning. "Where have you been?"
Jeongguk looks up at him in wonder, silently shifting their hands until the back of his hand is facing upwards and Seokjin almost chokes at the sight of the sun-shaped scar located there. "Looking for you."
Seokjin traces the scar, in awe of how cool Jeongguk's skin feels under his scorching touch. "Well, you've found me. What do you plan to do now?"
Jeongguk smiles and leans forward, letting his other hand cup the side of Seokjin's face. "Stay by your side for a very long time."
Seokjin finds himself leaning in as well, their lips a hairsbreadth apart. "That sounds like an amazing plan."
"It is, isn't it?" Jeongguk smiles, their breaths intermingling in the tiny space between them.
They lean in as one, their lips brushing together gently and Seokjin finally lets himself breathe as Jeongguk presses more insistently against his mouth.
Summer is no longer Seokjin's favorite season now that Winter has come to stay.
#jinkook#jinseoknet#kwritersworldnet#btswritingcafe#kwordsmiths#btsguild#betareadernet#bts#angst#fluff#p:seokjin/jeongguk#f:fstwiby#m: fic
45 notes
·
View notes
Text
Forever, You Said | Chap 01-03 Re-cap
The following is a complete breakdown/re-cap of everything that’s happened so far during the first 3 chapters of Forever, You Said.
A Blackened Heart
A Vampire’s Heart
A Blackened Soul
I wanted to make this re-cap so that we’re all on the same page for when I upload the next chapter once its done and thoroughly proof-read. (I swear that I’m trying to finish it BEFORE the comeback this upcoming Friday, guys T_T the same goes for Lunatic High...).
So! without further a-do!
Chap 01: A Blackened Heart (Jungkook)
The day is October 13th
For high-spirited and independent tattoo artist, Jeon Jungkook, life had always been about living in the moment. Never letting anything and anyone tie him down and conform to the concept of “time” that everyone around him lived by. But all of that will change one autumn afternoon when a mysterious customer enters the parlor with a special request for a tattoo.
Park Jimin.
At first Jungkook is taken aback by Jimin’s ethereal beauty with his aqua blue hair, smokey colored eyes and slightly childish yet endearing soul, but as the afternoon progresses into night with the two enjoying each other’s company as they work together on Jimin’s tattoo. Something in the older male awakens a strange feeling within Jungkook that he has never experienced before along with a feeling of dread making him second guess every single one of his life’s choices when the topic of family comes up and Jungkook confesses that he hasn’t seen his own parents in over a year due to work. Treating the matter as something insignificant until Jimin tells him:
“You should go see them soon. Time… waits for no one.”
The sentiment, though harmless, only drives Jungkook to mull further into feelings of self-doubt until a single moment of eerie tension and letting his guard down has him tangled against Jimin’s lips in a passionate kiss and vividly sexual hallucinations. Everything comes crashing down to a chilling halt when he pulls away only to see that Jimin’s eyes are glowing crimson and there’s blood on his lips.
Horrified by what he’s seeing, Jungkook tries to snap out of it but finds that he’s unable to move. Jimin reassures that he means no harm to him, but Jungkook without knowing what he’s referring to quickly rejects him.
The last thing he remembers is Jimin’s voice telling him to sleep before he blacks out only to awake the following day at the tattoo parlor as if nothing happened, but Jungkook is still unable to shake off those feelings and wonders if all of it was just a bad dream triggered by over working himself past his limit until he finds a note Jimin left behind, apologizing for what he made him go through even though he knows Jungkook may never want to see him again.
The chapter ends with Jungkook falling to his knees in a whirldwind of mixed emotions plaguing his very being.
------
Chapter 02: A Vampire’s Heart (Jimin)
Fast forward to October 25th, this chapter opens with a scene of Jimin alone in Achasan summit silently recalling some lost memories of an old love when suddenly he is joined and greeted warmly by another person.
…or rather a vampire, like himself and heir to the Vampire Kingdom in S. Korea, Kim Seokjin.
Meanwhile, Jungkook’s nights are still being plagued with vivid nightmares and erotic dreams of Jimin that sometimes make no sense even to him. We learn that it has been exactly twelve days since the events that took place at the tattoo parlor between him and Jimin. For which Jungkook still doesn’t know if Jimin was real or not since the beginning.
We also learn that he now bears a similar tattoo to the one he made for Jimin, of a butterfly trapped inside a moon but with colors that remind him of the blue haired male.
The scene changes to somewhere in Hannam where Jimin is arriving at his apartment with Seokjin (who owns the building and helped accommodate him upon his return from Malta where he has been living for more than 60 years). We are also introduced to Taehyung as Jimin’s best friend and a werewolf. Though despite the heartwarming reunion, Seokjin is troubled as he remembers a call he received from Hoseok on the same night Jimin ended up meeting Jungkook at the parlor in Gangnam and the negative effect that meeting had in him to the point of ‘hunting’ again instead of feeding off blood being provided for him. An issue that seemed to have taken place as well years ago when Jimin lost his partner.
Fast forward to a month later (sometime in November). We see Jungkook on the phone with his mother. We learn that the chronic dreams/nightmares took a heavy toll on Jungkook’s life resulting in his boss, Namjoon, having to (forcefully) sending him off on an extended vacation to rest and recover. Though scared of this meaning an ultimatum on his job, Jungkook eventually sees it as an opportunity to catch up with his family by traveling to Busan, returning with a renewed strength to get his life back on track. But all progress of recovery crumbles when his mother mentions Jimin’s name by stating that Jungkook would mumble his name in his sleep quite often. Once again making Jungkook question the boundaries between reality and fantasy as well as his desperate need to see Jimin again.
Time passes, it is now Saturday, December 16th. Jimin is shown practicing alone for a special performance during the annual Vampire Ball to be held in mid December to celebrate Taehyung & Seokjin’s birthdays. We learn through a brief flashback that it took the duo some work persuading Jimin into participating in the ball, meanwhile Jimin is still hell-bent on leaving Korea again after the party.
Meanwhile in Gangnam Jungkook is back to working at the parlor and things seem to have “gone back to normal” for everyone. Just then two men suddenly enter the parlor to leave some flyers for a party, making Jungkook suspicious of them until Namjoon recognizes and greets the pair as his longtime friends, Hoseok and Taehyung.
Jungkook meanwhile decides to let his hyung handle it while he goes back to work. However, a few minutes in he begins to have this horrible sense of deja vú when he notices that one of Namjoon’s friends, Taehyung, has stayed behind observing the shop instead of following the other two elsewhere. Despite the initial tension, the two engage in small chatter over some of the designs on the wall but when Taehyung notices Jungkook’s tattoo on his forearm that resembles Jimin’s, the scene changes like flipping a switch but before it can get any further they are interrupted by Hoseok and Namjoon coming out of the back office. Causing the two to put some distance between them and though there is calm, the moment that Hoseok mentions Jimin’s name out loud it is Taehyung who makes a move to gather his mate and leave the parlor before Jungkook can start making questions.
Outside in the parking lot Hoseok corners and forces Taehyung into telling him what happened inside the parlor until his mate confesses to have recognized Jungkook. The guy Jimin had interacted with. Hoseok questions how can this be, since Jimin himself told them that he took care of Jungkook that night, Taehyung in turn explains that Jimin only said that to him and Seokjin to prevent them from going after Jungkook to sever the loose ends, but that Taehyung knew he was still alive.
On cue, Jungkook appears in the parking lot after having followed them over. Surprised by his presence, Taehyung goes on the defensive and jumps over Hoseok, shifting into a wolf in the process to pin Jungkook against the ground so as to stop him from getting close to them.
Faced with this unexpected turn of events, Jungkook lays frozen in fear expecting the worse when someone else comes to his defense. Succeeding in getting Taehyung off of him. His savior is none other than Namjoon.
Recognizing this as a loosing and unnecessary battle, Hoseok and Taehyung begin to retreat when Jungkook begs them not to until they tell him about Jimin. Seeing that Jungkook means no real harm to them, Hoseok agrees to answer whatever questions he might have but soon realizes that Jungkook has no idea Jimin is a vampire yet is desperate to see him.
The scene ends with Hoseok and Namjoon making a deal. Namjoon will be in charge of telling Jungkook the truth about everything and if and ONLY IF by the end of hearing said truth he still wants to see Jimin, he will be allowed to attend the Vampire Ball where the two will reunite.
If not, Namjoon must kill him.
------
Chapter 03: A Blackened Soul
The chapter opens up at Namjoon’s house somewhere at the outskirts of Seoul.
By now Namjoon has revealed to Jungkook the basics of the back story and thus exposing himself as a thousand year old warlock who has known the group for many years. Jungkook, though upset that his friend and boss has kept so many secrets from him since they met, is awfully calmed about the situation.
But what spikes his curiosity to the max is an old photograph he finds in one of the shelves in the living room, dating back to the 1950s that shows Namjoon in the company of 5 other individuals. Three which he recognizes as Taehyung, Hoseok and of course Jimin. The five names signed in the back of the photograph shed more light on who the remaining two are.
Yet the one that calls his attention the most is the man by Jimin’s side and who seems to be intimately close to him.
Min Yoongi.
Sensing his intent, Namjoon asks Jungkook how much he wants to know. To which Jungkook declares:
“Everything.”
Meanwhile in Hannam Hoseok’s in a late night meeting with Seokjin at his and Taehyung’s shared apartment. Updating the older vampire on the events that transpired that day. We also know that he and Taehyung had a fight upon returning home which resulted in Taehyung walking out to spend time with Jimin to blow off some steam.
Seokjin analyzes the situation and wisely tells Hoseok of the pros and cons of the deal he made with Namjoon. And to prepare for any possible case scenario unfolding before or after the ball.
Meanwhile at Jimin’s apartment a few floors down, he and Taehyung are bonding over movie night. But at some point Taehyung is unable to concentrate on the movie as his mind keeps replaying what happened at Namjoon’s tattoo parlor with Jungkook. Caught in between wanting to see Jimin happy or risk having him live through another deception and heartache that could take the smaller vampire away from him just like it happened years prior.
Being in tune with his beloved friend and soulmate’s emotions, Jimin asks him what was wrong while secretly hiding his own troubled thoughts after picking up a familiar scent on Taehyung’s body that reminds him of Jungkook. Yet tries to ignore it. By now it is clear that neither of them had been paying attention to the movie so Jimin shuts it off, both now painfully aware of the tension between them when Taehyung suddenly asks:
“If by some strange turn of events, a change of heart… One day you find yourself walking down the street and ran into Jungkook again… What will you do then?”
For some reason the question sparks Jimin’s anger as he confronts Taehyung, accusing him of tracking down Jungkook even when he had specifically asked him NOT TO.
Taehyung of course denies the claim and insists to know Jimin’s answer to his previous question, but Jimin replies by saying that there is nothing to answer. To which Taehyung counters by stating that the smaller vampire trembles at the sound of Jungkook’s name as if insinuating that he still has hopes of seeing him again.
The two then share a moment, silently contemplating on all their past lives together throughout the centuries as friend, partners in crime and lovers. But the moment is short-lived as Jimin harshly reminds Taehyung that all of that is in the past and they must now live in the present where Taehyung is mated to Hoseok for life, while Jimin must continue and move on alone. Acknowledging that Jungkook simply will not return and that he had no intention on waiting for him
“Not again…”
This statement angers Taehyung for comparing Jungkook to the lover that once hurt and abandoned Jimin all those years ago. Something that he voices out loud before storming out of his apartment.
Now alone with his thoughts and after a quick feeding on blood units. Jimin reasons with himself and makes it a final decision to leave Korea for good right after the ball. So without further delay, begins packing early when an object falls from his backpack which he recognizes as a photograph of him and his former lover, Yoongi.
He stares at the photograph for a few minutes thinking back on everything they shared together before walking out into the balcony burn it and with it, the memory and feelings left in his heart.
At the same time back at Namjoon’s place. The warlock begins telling Jungkook what little bits of his own past that he remembers, how he was fooled into making a pact that granted him not only his powers, but his immortality as well. Consequentially sacrificing the lives of the people he was supposed to protect. This of course eventually led him to isolate himself from everything and everyone until one day, vampire royalty Kim Seokjin, walked into his life to offer him a chance to see the world through a new set of eyes. Which of course he accepts, thinking that he had nothing left to loose.
Involving the two in a strange on and off co-dependent relationship throughout the many decades until he finally met the others during the 1800s-mid 1900s and eventually all of them parted ways sometime during mid 1950s after the group photo that Jungkook found was taken.
There’s a brief pause when Namjoon moves to sit under a window to smoke and give Jungkook some time to digest every detail of the story he has been told for the past hours of the night.
What Jungkook doesn’t realize in time, however, is that Namjoon is secretly poisoning him through whatever the hell he’s smoking and only barely catches on the minute that he becomes weak and lightheaded. But refusing to go down so easily, Jungkook stands and immediately demands to at least know who Min Yoongi was and his connection to Jimin.
To his astonishment Namjoon reveals that the reason why he will never meet Yoongi to know from his own mouth is because he’s dead. Yet continues on to explain that he and Jimin were once lovers, but that Jimin “lost him” two years after the group photo was taken under strange circumstances that are still unknown even to them. The episode was apparently so traumatizing that Seokjin had Jimin secluded to prevent him from killing humans indiscriminately after being so overcome with anger and sorrow from his loss.
This last bit of information shocks Jungkook to the core as he is unable to imagine Jimin being the type to just kill without reason and for a moment his faith wavers thinking that maybe he truly knew nothing about Jimin and perhaps his attraction was simply a side effect of his vampiric dark gift. Until he begins to recall the letter Jimin left for him to find at the parlor the following morning. How sincere his words had sounded even after confessing that his initial intentions were to prey on him, but gradually changed his mind after finding a kindred soul in Jungkook.
Someone who shared his pain and loneliness.
With this resolve in mind Jungkook confidently tells Namjoon that he’s ready and wants to see Jimin again.
“I don’t care what he is; I don’t care what or who he used to be before that night. I need to see him again in order to set things right.”
Pleased with his answer, Namjoon agrees to help him reunite with Jimin and offers Jungkook a drink to celebrate the occasion but the latter looses consciousness afterwards.
That night Jungkook has numerous confusing dreams that he can’t quite tell if they’re really dreams or someone else’ memories. Only that when he awakens he’s not only back at his apartment (specifically lying on the bathroom floor), but also discovers that he’s been out cold for nearly 24 hours.
A New Message arrives at his phone from an Unknown Number that simply read: “You are cordially invited.” And upon opening it his suspicions are confirmed.
[Greetings, Jeon Jungkook.
You have been exclusively invited to the annual Vampire Ball
Saturday, December 15th - @ Paju, SK.
Inside the City Hall building of English Village.
Doors open at 7pm
The theme is ‘masquerade’.
Your attendance is highly anticipated, don’t be late.]
Overjoyed by this achievement, Jungkook excitedly awaits for the day of the ball and the chance to see Jimin again.
A final timeskip takes us to Saturday, December 15th - Night of the Ball. Where the last minute preparations are taking place inside the City Hall with Seokjin’s watchful eyes.
Meanwhile, Jimin and Taehyung have by now reconciled from their last argument and are now getting ready, along with Hoseok, for the night’s special events.
There is a moment right after Taehyung leaves to a different room to finish his own preparations where we see Hoseok battling with his own inner turmoil and guilt for everything that happened to Jimin in the past and recently. As he used to be close to his late lover, Yoongi, with whom he had plotted to separate Taehyung and Jimin in order to give Yoongi an advantage to keep Jimin for himself. Knowing full well that Yoongi was a walking time-bomb due to a tragic past and it would resurface any minute.
To this day, Hoseok is still unable to forgive himself for what happened even though Jimin had forgiven him a long time ago.
The final scene of this chapter shows Namjoon and Jungkook on their way to the ball. With Jungkook asking Namjoon why he hadn’t revealed much of Jimin’s story the way he had done for the others. To which Namjoon retorts:
“Well, perhaps you’ll be able to ask him that question yourself tonight when you meet again.”
The scene closes with Jungkook looking out the window as they near the venue with a heavy heart and wondering if Jimin will just as glad to see him.
=======
NEXT Re-cap Chapters: 04-06>>>
#jikook#kookmin#bts#bts au#jikook au#jikook vampire au#Forever you said#vmin#vhope#yoonmin#namjin#Ao3#ao3fic#bantan#bantan fanfic#jikook fic#bts scenarios#bantansonyeondan#bangtan boys#vampire au#vampire jimin#vampire seokjin#werewolf taehyung#werewolf hoseok#vampire yoongi#tattoo artist jungkook#jimin#jungkook#jin#jhope
21 notes
·
View notes
Text
Masterlist
Taegi
Taegi Mama Mia Au
Taehyung’s son is getting married and wants to invite his other father to the wedding. The only problem is that he doesn’t know who his father is.
Flower Shop and Bakery Au
Taehyung owns a cute little bakery right next door to the flower shop Yoongi works in.
Water Spirit Yoongi
Yoongi is a peaceful water spirit who becomes enamoured with the young boy who falls into his pond. As Taehyung grows, he finds himself inexplicably drawn to the beautiful spirit that saved his life when he fell into it’s pond.
Forever and Always (Part 1) (Part 2) (Part 3) (Part 4) (Part 5)
In a world where only 20% of the population has a soulmark, and only 11% of that original 20% actually meets their soulmate, Yoongi never thought the small mark of a marigold on his wrist would matter, especially when he’s already met the love of his life, Kim Taehyung. Yoongi had never been more wrong.
My Roommate From Hell (Part 1) (Part 2) (Part 3) (Extra)
Taehyung never expected to meet a demon. He certainly never expected to summon one with the dusty candles he found under his sink and was even more surprised when he found himself falling in love with one.
Can't Remember I Love You (Part 1) (Part 2) (Part 3) (Part 4) (Part 5)
Yoongi wishes he could take back what he said, wishes he could turn back to the times when Taehyung was in his arms, loving him with a smile as bright as a sunrise. Yoongi wishes he could just forget their whole fight, but Yoongi isn’t the one who forgets.
Papa Bear (Part 1) Papa Bear (Instagram edit)
Yoongi loves his son Taehyung more than anything in the world.
A Prince and His Dragon
Kim Taehyung is a prince who is going to be married off to a neighboring kingdom for an alliance and Min Yoongi is the dragon that finds the prince when he runs away from his unwanted destiny.
Escape
Pirate Taehyung and Naval Officer Yoongi escape together for a life of freedom.
Come Back to Haunt Me (Part 1) (Part 2) (Part 3) (Part 4)
In the middle of a bank robbery, the most unlikely of circumstances, Taehyung’s past comes back to haunt him in the name of the love of his life who disappeared without a trace. SUGA.
A Wall, A Puppy, and A CEO with a Soft Heart
Taehyung sees a puppy tangled in it’s leash in the yard of a house right next to his office building and can’t really be blamed for climbing the wall into the yard to help it. He had no idea the puppy, and the yard, belonged to his boss, stoic and powerful CEO Min Yoongi.
"Hyung...What was it like?"
Yoongi comforts Taehyung in the early stages of Bangtan’s debut.
"Oh no, he's hot," (Part 2)
Yoongi is a single father raising his son Jeongguk and Taehyung is the pretty university student who lives a floor below him and babysits his son.
“tae, m'sleepy,”
Taegi cuddles ft. sick Yoongi
A Sleeping Beauty (Part1) (Part 2) (Part 3)
Au where Taehyung has Narcolepsy and Yoongi is whipped.
Sweet Dreams
Taehyung talks in his sleep.
Taegikook
Tangled Together
Yoongi thought he didn’t have a soulmate, and he was right. He has two.
Taekook
My Familiar (Part 1) (Part 2)
Blind witch Taehyung and his seeing eye werewolf Jeongguk.
Wanted
Robin Hood Au pretty much.
A Serious Question
Write down your five favorite things. “Who wrote ‘Taehyung’ five times?”
A Bet is a Bet
Taehyung gets his nipple’s pierced by the hottest man he has met in his life.
Lilo and Stitch
Taehyung accidentally lowkey adopts his neighbor’s son but he can’t really be blamed when little Jeon Jimin is the cutest thing ever.
Rest, Recovery, Rehabilitation (Part 1) (Part 2)
Jeongguk gets injured and meets Taehyung, the beautiful, witty nurse who turns his life around.
Autumn Leaves
Sometimes the bond between Soulmates is stronger than intended.
Tattoos and Flower Boys (Part 1) (Part 2) *NSFW
Taehyung is the soft pastel art major and Jeongguk is the bad boy tattoo artist.
Model on Fire
Jeongguk is a poor fireman just trying to do his job and Taehyung is a model who attacks him with a katana.
"A dragon!"
“Sugarplum, what do you want for your birthday?” Jeongguk smiles up at his mother and without hesitation replies “A dragon!”
'Revenge Prank On My Boyfriend!'
Taehyung finally gets back at his boyfriend.
Vmin
Shy Smiles and Soft Promises
Taehyung decides to get a hybrid.
The Benefits of a Boyfriend
Kim Taehyun is literally having the words day but her boyfriend Jimin is there to save the day.
Across the Universe
Taehyung and Jimin roadtrip across the United States.
The Jock and his Prince
Jock Taehyung and Class President Jimin.
Sunlight Through the Leaves (Part 1) (Part 2)
Jimin falls in love with a forest spirit.
Black and White
You’re born colorblind and when you see your soulmate for the first time you can see colors. When your soulmate dies, you’re vision goes back to black and white.
Intertwined
Park Jimin, 17 years old, slytherin, is in love with his best friend.
‘I’m gonna climb that like a tree’
Jimin spills coffee on a hot stranger and doesn’t regret it for one second.
Taejin
My Funny Valentine
Seokjin has known that he wants to marry Taehyung since their second anniversary.
Vmon
My Paradise is with You (Part 1) (Part 2) (Extra: Instagram)
Kim Namjoon is a high end fashion designer and Taehyung is his vacation planner.
Silver Tears and Golden Kisses (Part 1) (Part 2) (Extra: Headcanons) *this au is mostly on ao3
Vampire Namjoon and Fairy Taehyung are boyfriends.
168 notes
·
View notes
Text
Without You: Bloodstone (Part 25)
Genre: AU, bts!werewolf, fantasy, angst
Warnings: language, violence, suggestive content
Word Count: 4.3k
Summary: Werewolves, contrary to popular belief, are usually gentle creatures. Except for a very specific set of circumstances, they would never hurt a human (on purpose). The few unfortunate times when mistakes were made put a permanent dark mark on the beasts and people began labeling them as monsters. What the human population failed to recognize was the fact that they were protecting us from something much more sinister. Luckily, a few survived and the gene was passed down hereditarily until one day finding its way to me… in the form of my best friend.
Link to: Storyboard (reference pictures) | General lore post | Intimacy lore post
Prologue | Previous | Masterlist | Next
Loyalty is often as blind as justice should be, as unstable as a lightning storm ought to be, and as misplaced as an opinion in the truth.
Chapter 25:
Despite Jimin being gone, Jungkook still seems committed to avoiding me, along with the other wolves. Namjoon and Seokjin are more polite about it, often stoping to have brief conversations, but Taehyung, Hoseok, and Jungkook hardly speak to me. Yoongi seems apathetic, but I rarely saw him to begin with anyway.
The pack spends most days outside. Doing what? I’m not sure. Exercising? I went for a walk once and came across Taehyung and Jungkook. They were chasing each other, the bronze wolf running from the raven black one. When Jungkook finally caught up, they playfully wrestled. I had paused to watch, curious, but for over twenty minutes they didn’t do anything else. I think they eventually noticed me, so with their supernatural speed they loped off elsewhere, leaving me physically unable to keep up and follow.
I’d heard in one of my classes that when they’re young, animals (mammals in particular) play to develop hunting and/or social skills. Maybe Jungkook could be considered “young” as he just recently transformed. That’s the reason I stick with to validate the behavior.
I tried to go out for walks often, following different paths of hidden lanterns to give myself a sense of variety, but the wolves evaded me. Purposeful or not, it made me feel lonely.
All I wanted was to see my friend, to see how he’s progressing and growing. Even at mealtimes, I got ignored by almost everyone except Munhee, my questions and comments going unheard amidst the general din of conversation.
For whatever reason, the isolation, especially when the others were within arm’s reach around me, began to feel heavy. Naturally, the thought of simply eating alone crossed my mind. It would make me feel less frustrated that they ignore me, avoid me. But I’d only done it once or twice before I realized that eating alone is what Jimin always did. The psychological threat of being like him drove me back to the dinner table.
So I buried myself in my studies.
Munhee and I went to the workshop every day. With my new silver knife in hand, she taught me the basics of how to use it, making me practice holding, hiding, and brandishing it. I also started learning intermediate magic.
I can now perform reactive magic with most herbs and stones. It’s simpler than I thought it would be, interacting with the energy of the object instead of only my own. I can produce all sorts of colors of “flame” now and find myself often carrying wildflowers in my pockets to “burn.” Most plants don’t do anything as dramatic as the Calendulas but I find it entertaining.
Munhee has scolded me several times, saying it’s not right to play with magic, but it’s not hurting anyone and practice makes perfect. Whenever I’m not on a walk, practicing reactive magic, being bitter about being alone, or pretending I have any skills with a knife whatsoever, I find myself reading.
There are so many herbs and stones that do incredible things with magic, but like I said, there are so many more that do absolutely nothing. Memorizing them all is not difficult. It just takes a lot of time.
Among the things that I have not done are: ask where Jimin might have gone (because that’s his business and I doubt anyone here would know anyway) and tell Munhee about my second exchange with Halsahm.
Obviously, Munhee knows something happened as there was a dead body in my room, but I figure I won’t have to deal with any of it for a while. Besides, good spirits, corresponding evil spirits… it might all just be something Halsahm made up in an attempt to possess me. Maybe even my rudimentary magic might be advantageous for it- especially since I would be relatively easier to access than someone as skilled as Munhee. I couldn’t even find anything about it in the workshop’s literature collection, so I decided to drop the topic for now.
I turn the page of the book in front of me carefully. It is thin and yellowed, delicate. I idly wonder if I should ask Munhee about rewriting it. Or better, photocopying.
This chapter is about quartz, something I’ve already read extensively about. I sigh quietly. Might as well just skim then. There may be some obscure yet useful information. As my eyes trace over the words, I can’t help but let my mind wander a bit.
Another thing that I haven’t seen in any of the books is divination.
Not a single word.
It’s led me to question whether divination is actually magic and if… I hallucinated the whole thing. Doubt is easy, especially self doubt. But the vision hadn’t been wrong. Halsahm had been alive.
Maybe I can try it again after my walk today. The Hepaticas aren’t in bloom and I’m not exactly sure what I should be searching for, but who knows? I might just see something interesting.
I set my book aside, fix Jimin’s bed, pick up my backpack, grab a few fruits from the kitchen, and head outside. Today, I choose to follow the red lanterns. Howling and playful barks echo through the empty streets surrounded by crumbling buildings, all shadowy sounds carried on the breeze. Each of my steps leaves a small crunch in my wake, courtesy of the gravel and plant life that litters the roads.
I find the edge of the forest and take a seat against a tree to eat. At least I’m getting fresh air.
Now late summer, early autumn, it’s a bit hot out, but not unbearably so, particularly in the shade. Clouds have begun to gather in the distance. A cold front? That might be pleasant. I scan the decaying town with interest and a bitter weight settles on my chest. Somewhere in there, my best friend is living his life without me. All because of Jimin.
I kick angrily at a small pebble and it skitters a meter or two away. Why couldn’t things just be easy and simple? Slowly, I reach for my backpack and dig around until I find the bloodstone. The surface is cool to the touch, polished. I smooth the pad of my thumb over it.
Okay, I did this once, I can do it again. The only question is: what had I done?
Stared at the stone and asked questions, felt frustrated… I start to zone out, trying to remember. Then the flickering starts. I find myself in the village, in front of one of the partially collapsed structures with a blue lantern inside. Not as shellshocked due to vague familiarity with the location, I find it easy to relax into the double vision.
The village is still in front of me, the forest behind and in my peripheral vision, but I can also see the wolves, four of them. I can’t see anything beyond or around them. Just their spectral forms, Jungkook, Hoseok, Seokjin, and Yoongi.
The soft grapefruit colored wolf, lies off to the side, watching with bored eyes. The other three prance and sprint around, batting each other roughly, but not harmfully until one is pinned or has fallen, only to start over again. Irritation seeps through me, making the vision waver. It still looks like they’re only playing. Why aren’t they training? To fight demons?
What had I expected? Specialized training? Yes. Organized exercises? Yes. But this is the second time I’ve seen them… messing around. And it’s annoying. I bury myself in studies to make myself stronger, more useful and they’re playing.
I try not to be angry. I could be assuming things incorrectly or- or…
This is exhausting, making excuses on other peoples’ behalf to see the best in them. I blink and the vision of the wolves disappears, like clearing blurriness out of my eyes. I stare idly at the bloodstone, torn between fairness and supporting my friend. Well, my “friend” that hasn’t spoken directly to me in days. I run my finger over the surface of the stone again and can’t help but empathize with Jimin. Just a little.
The crimson specks in the bloodstone flicker.
I see a field, full of short, flowerless plants. They’re familiar, yet oddly different. The Hepaticas? Why am I here? My view pans around as my mind’s eye silently requests. Now that I have a basic comprehension of magic, it makes this a great deal easier, more understandable.
I can’t see the trees at the edge of the clearing. It takes a few seconds, but I eventually notice the person kneeling in the middle of the field.
Jimin.
I almost call out to him in shock, but then I remember that I’m not actually physically present. Why is Jimin in the Hepatica field? Where has he been this whole time? For some reason, my heart starts to pound- no. Flutter. Excitement.
He gets up and starts walking toward where I know the edge of the forest is supposed to be, but in the opposite direction of the bunker. Panic floods through me. He’s leaving. Why? He can’t just leave- but I can’t go get him. I might be able to stumble across the Hepatica field, but there’s no way I’d make it there before he disappears back into the mists of… I have no time for metaphors.
“Jimin!” his name futilely leaves my lips and the sensation causes the vision to waver. Maybe I’m seeing things. Maybe the double vision is messing with my head. Maybe it’s just a coincidence.
But I could swear he turns and… sees me.
“Eun?”
The jolt back to the real world- or back to the reality that surrounds my body is disorienting. I blink a few times before Namjoon settles in my field of vision. He is blurry for a second or two, but the effect fades as he continues speaking.
“You alright? You seem a little dazed.”
“Sorry, sunbae. I was practicing divination,” the words leave my mouth before I can think about them. But what’s the harm? Namjoon knows I practice magic.
“Divination?”
“Yes.”
“That’s quite a skill you have,” he smiles warmly. “Even noona finds it hard to perform divination.”
“Really?”
Namjoon nods, “That’s advanced magic, at least, according to what she’s told me. It’s great that she’s teaching it to you.”
Teaching it to me… right. I agree politely.
The man with the blue-grey hair laughs lightly, “What were you looking at? If I may ask.”
“Nothing particularly interesting,” I shrug, but refrain from being aloof to avoid suspicion. He doesn’t need to know I saw Jimin and he probably already knows what Jungkook was doing. “Just exploring around.”
“Well that’s wonderful. It’s good to test your personal limits, especially with things like this,” he offers me a hand up, a surprising gesture considering I’ve been unofficially ostracized. I take his hand and hoist myself to my feet. “Noona asked me to tell you that we’re all heading into town later to pick up groceries and extra supplies. Would you like to go? Or do you need anything?”
“I think I’d rather stay here if that’s okay with you.”
“Of course. I’ll let you get back to practicing then-”
“Sunbae? Can Jungkook stay behind with me? Just in case.”
Namjoon pauses mid-act of turning around, then nods, “If he agrees, absolutely. I’ll ask him for you.”
“Thank you.” I give him a polite bow.
The pack leader looks as if he’s going to say something more, but then a howl splits the air, a deep sound, velvety. Taehyung. Namjoon’s attention snaps toward it.
“Sorry to cut this short,” he whispers. “Gotta go take care of something.”
Before I can acknowledge his statement, his shirt is off, he’s transformed into the massive blue-grey lupine creature, and full sprinting in the direction of the howl. Bending down, I pick up the bloodstone from a small tuft of weeds and slip it into my backpack. Apparently, I’d dropped it at some point after Namjoon startled me. I have to stop doing that before I lose it.
Figuring that the howl had something to do with demons, which even with my silver knife I should stay far away from, I decide to stay out a little bit longer and try to find the Hepatica field. Why? Plot development. I have nothing better to do other than attempt to find Jimin.
He’s irritating, pretentious, and possibly dangerous, but now I’m armed and for some reason… I miss him. The thought makes me cringe and I blame it on supernatural hormones. I will blame it on an “instinct thing.”
Hiking my backpack higher on my shoulders, I start my rather pointless walk through the forest. It’s highly likely I’ll get lost and even if I, by stumbling over a deposit of miracles, do somehow manage to find the Hepatica field, Jimin will probably be gone. But here I go anyway.
While familiar with the dilapidated town now, I haven’t been into the forest more than a few times, at least, beyond a few yards past the tree line. Every time I’d gone further, it had been with someone else leading the way.
At first I try looking around for familiar landmarks, but the change of season has all sorts of new mosses and lichens growing and the stream has swollen a bit too, swallowing any notable stones or the like.
As I walk, my hand reaches into my pocket to find the wildflowers I’ve been idly collecting. Taking a moment to gauge their different energies, I pick one and crush it in my hand, letting the heatless fire consume it, creating a royal purple flame. I repeat the process every time the flame starts to turn a pale pastel color. It’s not productive, but it keeps me busy and keeps my anxiety low.
I also make sure to brush against as many plants as possible, leaving my scent so someone (one of the wolves) can presumably find me if they come looking. Especially Hobi.
It only takes a half an hour for me to get absolutely lost, and yet I keep walking.
As the sun starts to fall below the tops of the trees, I decide to take a break and sit down with my back against a fallen log. This was such a stupid idea, but who cares? The only person who will probably immediately miss me is Munhee-
The thought gives me chills. Is this how Jimin feels? Except, he doesn’t have an “only person” to miss him.
I reach into my pocket for another flower, a therapeutic compulsive habit, but find it empty. With a sigh, I hold my palm out in front of me, letting the familiar green flame blossom on my palm. If only revelation magic could take me to the Hepatica field.
Sudden movement in the corner of my eye catches my attention, just at the edge of my field of vision, a flash moving between two trees.
A coffee colored werewolf. The coffee colored werewolf.
I immediately get to my feet, almost stumbling and falling under the weight of my backpack, and rush forward in a dead sprint; but by the time I reach the place I thought he might be, there’s nothing there. Not a footprint, not a broken branch.
I even conjure the green flame again to provide a little more (color tinted) light. Nothing.
On the slight breeze that slithers through the forest, I can hear a very distant howl and identify it easily. Jungkook.
I brush the recognition aside and look around. Maybe I’d been wrong. Maybe I hadn’t seen him, or maybe I had gotten the place wrong-
A flash of rich brown in the corner of my eye causes me to turn my head. Like the naive little girl I am, I follow. And follow again. Each glimpse of hope, illuminated by the green flame flickering in my palm and eventually the light of the full moon as it rises, leads me further, making me- almost redundantly- more lost.
Until I find myself in the Hepatica field.
Naturally, as I’d predicted, Jimin isn’t here, but the very fact that I’d found it is astonishing. Did it actually have something to do with the revelation magic I had been using? Or maybe this is some strange offshoot of my seeming talent for divination.
I glance around the clearing, breathing in deeply the smell of damp earth and natural, earthy, sweet forest decay. The sky above me should be peppered with stars, but everything has started to take on a grainy quality. Fog will be settling in soon. I should get back before something happens to the moonlight and I’m left in the complete dark. Well, except for the whole magic fire thing. I look around as if the universe will present to me the thing that I want. The person that I need.
Wait… amber eyes? In the trees on the other side of the clearing…
“Jimin?” for some reason, excitement permeates through me, then dissipates almost immediately.
“Eun, what the hell?”
I glance away just for a moment, but by the time I look back, the eyes are gone and my full attention swivels to a very angry Jungkook.
“Where have you been?”
I sigh, wanting to ask him why he suddenly cares, but that would be bitter and I am not a bitter person. At least, I refuse to be. I play idly with one of the tattered straps on my backpack, “Just taking a walk.”
“Do you even know how long it took me to find you? Were you just wandering around in circles?”
My gaze drops to the plants that litter the ground around my feet, crushed underneath them. I feel like a scolded child as my voice gets soft, “Kind of. Yes. You were busy and I had nothing better to do.”
“So you went tramping through the forest?”
“I didn’t go tramping.”
Jungkook lets out a huff, raking his fingers through his hair, “We’re going back to the bunker.”
“But…” I look back at the forest, where I had seen- where I had thought I’d seen the amber eyes.
Jungkook steps forward, catching my wrist, “Let’s go.”
“Okay,” I relent, knowing that Jungkook is the easiest, if not my only way home. I wait until he’s shifted to climb onto his back, wrapping my arms around his neck and burying my face into his raven black fur.
This is the first time in weeks that I’ve touched him for more than mere moments, more than accidental brushes of hands passing plates at the dinner table or attempted but failed embraces at the mistletoe double doors before he leaves. I’m surprised he’s letting me touch him at all. Maybe it’s because Jimin has been gone for so long. Maybe it has something to do with convenience. As he starts walking, then speeds up into a jog, I can’t help but let my heart hurt.
I miss him- Jungkook.
With this close proximity, I notice he feels more muscular than before, fur more shiny, movements more purposeful and coordinated. My best friend has changed so much, physically and mentally it seems. He’s never spoken to me so sternly, so angrily. He’s been worried, sure. Demanding too, but never furious. That hurts more than the inadvertent abandonment. What happened to my sweet, soft Jungkook?
The more I think about it, the more it hurts me.
With each of his confident, bounding strides forward, I can feel the movement resonate in my own body and roll through me in waves of nothing short of pure loneliness. I begin to feel the despair that Jimin must have felt at first, then the inevitable ebbing of feelings as we draw into ourselves, closing ourselves off emotionally because knowing we’re being shut out by everyone for something that isn’t really our fault… it hurts.
Jungkook starts to slow as we leave the army of fading trees, entering the empty village. I loosen my grip around his neck and allow myself to drop to the gravely street. He transforms back into a human, walking a few paces ahead of me.
He says nothing, which I suddenly find is worse than yelling.
The further we walk, the more his demeanor begins to get colder, and the more the fog rolls in. I begin to feel numb. By the time the little shack that hides the staircase to the bunker is in sight, I am numb.
Jungkook reaches for the door, then stops.
He slowly turns around, “What’s your problem?”
You. Me…
“This whole thing.”
“What’s that supposed to mean?” his tone is as distant as it is aggravated, a strange combination.
“This, us, this place. I want to go home.”
Jungkook’s stare is hard.
The fog that surrounds us is heavy, so thick that I can barely see three meters in any direction. It stills the air, absorbing sounds, muting color, a visual manifestation of the emotions looming inside me.
“I just can’t do it anymore,” my voice cracks, but I somehow manage to keep his gaze.
Jungkook’s composed expression falters, features simultaneously betraying both hurt and anger, “What? Do you think I want this? Do you think constantly tearing my body apart and losing my mind is fun?”
“Do you think watching it happen is any better?”
His gaze flicks to the sky and I know his attention is pegged exactly on the full moon, despite not being able to see it myself. Jungkook’s voice lowers in warning, “Now’s not the time to have this conversation.”
His words only make anger bubble into my chest, “Oh? Then when would be better for you? After training? After everyone else gets back? After you’re off your man-period?”
“Male dogs don’t go into heat,” he states blandly.
“Well excuse me for not knowing everything.”
“Maybe, if you paid more attention to noona, you would.”
My skin prickles in irritation, “Stop making this about you.”
“I’m not the one being selfish,” he snaps, attention plunging down from the moon to me. “Do you understand how hard it’ll be if you leave? How many people I could hurt? How many people those things will kill?”
“Selfish? I’ve given up months of my life, Jungkook.”
“At least you can leave after this,” he storms forward until stopping only a handful of centimeters away, harsh amber flooding his irises, “I’m going to be stuck with this for my entire life.”
Instinctive fear trickles through me at the change in his eyes, the subtle rippling of his muscles, but I refuse to let it be the reason this argument stops, “You’re making it about you again.”
“We’re not having this conversation right now.”
“Sure, just keep pushing it off and maybe you won’t have to deal with it.”
“What’s your problem?” Jungkook’s body shudders, making him clench his jaw and speak through his teeth, “We’re not even asking you to do anything difficult.”
“Not difficult?” my voice begins to rise, “First of all, you get to go gallivanting around with your friends while-”
“We aren’t gallivanting.”
I talk right over him, “While I have to spend countless hours memorizing and reading and practicing, only to get left behind and ignored. On top of that, I have to lie to my family so that I can stay here and make sure you are okay. And let’s not forget I risk my life staying here, for you.”
The last part visibly makes him bristle, “That’s not my fault.”
“No, it’s not, but I’m doing it because you’re my friend, Jungkook.”
“Well I didn’t ask for that either.”
Both of us pull away slightly, eyes widening, shocked into speechlessness by the implication of his statement. Time slides to a stop, the only evidence of its passage being uneven breaths. I recover first, “I didn’t know you felt that way. I’m sorry for causing you so much trouble then.”
“Eun,” he calls my name, regret lacing his tone, shock rendering him immobile, and amber draining completely from his irises, replaced by the familiar chocolate brown, but I don’t hesitate to turn and enter the small, inconspicuous shack, quick pace fueled by my desperation to not let him see me cry. I’m halfway down the concrete staircase when he finally chases after me, pleading, “Eun-ssi, wait, I didn’t mean it like that-”
I manage to slam the double doors in his face, knowing he won’t pass the mistletoe barrier unless it was opened for him. With my back pressed against the hard wooden surface, I listen for the telltale signs, the screaming, the whimpering, the snarling, or (a recent development) just the cracking of bones, but am met with none of those.
Even through the haze of my anger and the violence of my tears, I can’t help but notice he’s kept his human form, despite the emotional pull of the argument and in sight of the hormonal impact from the full moon. The smallest bit of pride flits through me at this mutual accomplishment, but is forgotten as soon as I hear a door from within the bunker open, making me freeze.
Everyone had just left for a trip into town…meaning Jungkook and I were supposed to be here alone.
Hope surges through me. Maybe Jimin had come back. Maybe he’d led me to the Hepatica field and followed Jungkook and I back to the bunker, slipping inside when we were arguing. Maybe-
Then I feel it, the eerie stillness. My ears prick up and I realize that the silence from the fog outside has permeated into the bunker. The strange suspension in time hadn’t been warped perception due to stress.
Hello, Eun. Have you thought about what I said?
✩✩✩♔✩✩✩
A/N: sorry it’s a bit late. Life happened :’) hope you enjoyed!
Send me your theories/questions here. Or just come say hi ;)
Support me/Donate and get some super rad 😎 rewards
Much love ~🐰 xx
#bts fanfic#werewolf bts#jimin fanfic#jimin angst#werewolf jimin#jungkook fanfic#jungkook angst#werewolf jungkook#namjoon fanfic#fantasy#werewolf fanfic#without you: Bloodstone#bloodstone
104 notes
·
View notes
Text
welcome to halloweentown, ELLE, MINJOON & EVIE ! make sure to swing by the town hall to sign up as volunteers within the next TWELVE hours. this GOODIE BAG should contain everything you need in order to get right into the spirit of fall. / minka kelly, kim seokjin & zendaya coleman are now taken.
( minka kelly, cis female, she/her ) &. * — meet ( eleanor “elle’ michaelson ) ! ( she ) is ( thirty-seven ) years old and have lived in st. helens for ( twenty-seven ) years. when they’re not helping the town prepare for halloween, they work as a ( lawyer ). around here, they’re known to be ( calm ) & ( strategic ) yet ( over-generous ) & ( secretive ) and apparently their favorite fall activity is ( helping to organize and come up with creative ideas for the halloweentown parade ). safe to say it really wouldn’t be halloweentown without them ! ( g, 25+, gmt+8, she/her ) ** also applying for sabrina moore’s best friend connection
( kim seokjin, cis male, he/him ) &. * — meet ( minjoon song ) ! ( he ) is ( twenty-four ) years old and has lived in st. helens for ( nine ) months. when they’re not helping the town prepare for halloween, they work as a ( chef ). around here, they’re known to be ( happy ) & ( hardworking ) yet ( immature ) & ( anxious ) and apparently their favorite fall activity is ( cooking and eating autumn cookies ). safe to say it really wouldn’t be halloweentown without them ! ( katie, 25, GMT+1 [can’t believe i put the wrong timezone on my first app how do i not know where i am], she/her )
( zendaya coleman, cis female, she her ) &. * — meet ( evie baker ) ! ( she ) is ( twenty-four ) years old and has lived in st. helens for ( three ) years. when they’re not helping the town prepare for halloween, they work as a ( librarian ). around here, they’re known to be ( outgoing ) & ( intelligent ) yet ( irritable ) & ( quick to judge ) and apparently their favorite fall activity is ( finally getting out cozy sweaters and drinking hot cider ). safe to say it really wouldn’t be halloweentown without them ! ( mick, 22, pst, she/they )
0 notes
Last Seen Blogs
juliana20blog-blog
Sem título
sho-m-bi23
STUCK ON YOU..
1stlfs
Leads For Success
natu20blog-blog
Sem título
concorp
the future of everything!